From 6dcce3985bd4239b02e48c0e530ab1c612864dfc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>
Date: Sat, 3 Apr 2010 07:23:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH] Remove unnecessary xref endterm attributes and title ids
The endterm attribute is mainly useful when the toolchain does not support
automatic link target text generation for a particular situation. In the
past, this was required by the man page tools for all reference page links,
but that is no longer the case, and it now actually gets in the way of
proper automatic link text generation. The only remaining use cases are
currently xrefs to refsects.
---
doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/arch-dev.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/auto-explain.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/backup.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml | 86 +++++++++----------
doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/config.sgml | 49 +++++------
doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml | 29 +++----
doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/dml.sgml | 18 ++--
doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/func.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/geqo.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml | 14 ++-
doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml | 21 +++--
doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml | 26 +++---
doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml | 7 +-
doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/passwordcheck.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml | 19 ++--
doc/src/sgml/plhandler.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/plperl.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/pltcl.sgml | 5 +-
doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml | 7 +-
doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml | 7 +-
doc/src/sgml/query.sgml | 5 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/abort.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_aggregate.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_conversion.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_database.sgml | 16 ++--
.../sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_domain.sgml | 10 +--
.../sgml/ref/alter_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_function.sgml | 26 +++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_group.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_index.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_language.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_large_object.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opclass.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_operator.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opfamily.sgml | 17 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml | 40 ++++-----
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_schema.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_server.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml | 27 +++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tablespace.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_trigger.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsconfig.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsdictionary.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsparser.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tstemplate.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_type.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user_mapping.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_view.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml | 22 ++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/begin.sgml | 33 ++++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/checkpoint.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/close.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/cluster.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/commit.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/commit_prepared.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_cast.sgml | 15 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_constraint.sgml | 20 ++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_conversion.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_domain.sgml | 8 +-
.../sgml/ref/create_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml | 20 ++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_group.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_language.sgml | 22 ++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opclass.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opfamily.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml | 34 ++++----
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_rule.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_schema.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_sequence.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_server.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml | 27 +++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table_as.sgml | 33 ++++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tablespace.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_trigger.sgml | 13 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsconfig.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsdictionary.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsparser.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tstemplate.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_type.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user_mapping.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_view.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/createlang.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/createuser.sgml | 13 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/deallocate.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/declare.sgml | 26 +++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/delete.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/discard.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/do.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_aggregate.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_cast.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_conversion.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_database.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_domain.sgml | 8 +-
.../sgml/ref/drop_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_function.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_group.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_language.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opclass.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_operator.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opfamily.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_owned.sgml | 11 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_role.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_rule.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_schema.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_sequence.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_server.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_table.sgml | 13 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tablespace.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_trigger.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsconfig.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsdictionary.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsparser.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tstemplate.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_type.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user_mapping.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_view.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml | 13 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/droplang.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/dropuser.sgml | 13 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/end.sgml | 17 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/execute.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/explain.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/fetch.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml | 32 +++----
doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/insert.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/listen.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/load.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/lock.sgml | 13 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/move.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/notify.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_config-ref.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_controldata.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_resetxlog.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml | 18 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare_transaction.sgml | 14 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml | 35 ++++----
doc/src/sgml/ref/reassign_owned.sgml | 11 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/reindex.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/reindexdb.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/release_savepoint.sgml | 18 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/reset.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/revoke.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_prepared.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_to.sgml | 16 ++--
doc/src/sgml/ref/savepoint.sgml | 20 ++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml | 8 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml | 14 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/set.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/set_constraints.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml | 14 ++-
doc/src/sgml/ref/set_session_auth.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/set_transaction.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/show.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/start_transaction.sgml | 25 +++---
doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/unlisten.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/update.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuum.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml | 12 +--
doc/src/sgml/ref/values.sgml | 10 +--
doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/release-9.0.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml | 22 ++---
doc/src/sgml/xaggr.sgml | 4 +-
doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml | 7 +-
doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml | 6 +-
doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml | 4 +-
203 files changed, 1132 insertions(+), 1195 deletions(-)
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml
index 5ae2f59baea..6bb6ca99d10 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml,v 1.59 2009/06/17 21:58:48 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml,v 1.60 2010/04/03 07:22:52 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="tutorial-advanced">
<title>Advanced Features</title>
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ COMMIT;
<sect1 id="tutorial-window">
- <title id="tutorial-window-title">Window Functions</title>
+ <title>Window Functions</title>
<indexterm zone="tutorial-window">
<primary>window function</primary>
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ SELECT sum(salary) OVER w, avg(salary) OVER w
More details about window functions can be found in
<xref linkend="syntax-window-functions">,
<xref linkend="queries-window">, and the
- <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> reference page.
+ <xref linkend="sql-select"> reference page.
</para>
</sect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/arch-dev.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/arch-dev.sgml
index 0863920ab23..888f6c2a50e 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/arch-dev.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/arch-dev.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/arch-dev.sgml,v 2.33 2009/10/10 01:43:45 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/arch-dev.sgml,v 2.34 2010/04/03 07:22:52 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="overview">
<title>Overview of PostgreSQL Internals</title>
@@ -346,8 +346,8 @@
space. In particular, this occurs when executing queries
involving large numbers of join operations. In order to determine
a reasonable (not necessarily optimal) query plan in a reasonable amount
- of time, <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> uses a <xref
- linkend="geqo" endterm="geqo-title"> when the number of joins
+ of time, <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> uses a <firstterm>Genetic
+ Query Optimizer</firstterm> (see <xref linkend="geqo">) when the number of joins
exceeds a threshold (see <xref linkend="guc-geqo-threshold">).
</para>
</note>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/auto-explain.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/auto-explain.sgml
index 2612bf6dbaf..56340b11de9 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/auto-explain.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/auto-explain.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/auto-explain.sgml,v 1.7 2010/02/20 22:24:29 adunstan Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/auto-explain.sgml,v 1.8 2010/04/03 07:22:52 petere Exp $ -->
<sect1 id="auto-explain">
<title>auto_explain</title>
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
<para>
The <filename>auto_explain</filename> module provides a means for
logging execution plans of slow statements automatically, without
- having to run <xref linkend="sql-explain" endterm="sql-explain-title">
+ having to run <xref linkend="sql-explain">
by hand. This is especially helpful for tracking down un-optimized queries
in large applications.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/backup.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/backup.sgml
index 4180306a7ce..1007fdc5f28 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/backup.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/backup.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/backup.sgml,v 2.149 2010/04/01 13:52:56 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/backup.sgml,v 2.150 2010/04/03 07:22:52 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="backup">
<title>Backup and Restore</title>
@@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ pg_dump -h <replaceable>host1</> <replaceable>dbname</> | psql -h <replaceable>h
<para>
After restoring a backup, it is wise to run <xref
- linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title"> on each
+ linkend="sql-analyze"> on each
database so the query optimizer has useful statistics;
- see <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics" endterm="vacuum-for-statistics-title">
- and <xref linkend="autovacuum" endterm="autovacuum-title"> for more information.
+ see <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics">
+ and <xref linkend="autovacuum"> for more information.
For more advice on how to load large amounts of data
into <productname>PostgreSQL</> efficiently, refer to <xref
linkend="populate">.
@@ -1293,14 +1293,14 @@ archive_command = 'local_backup_script.sh'
deleted rows will still retain pointers. In other words, if you modify a
table with a hash index on it then you will get incorrect query results
on a standby server. When recovery completes it is recommended that you
- manually <xref linkend="sql-reindex" endterm="sql-reindex-title">
+ manually <xref linkend="sql-reindex">
each such index after completing a recovery operation.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- If a <xref linkend="sql-createdatabase" endterm="sql-createdatabase-title">
+ If a <xref linkend="sql-createdatabase">
command is executed while a base backup is being taken, and then
the template database that the <command>CREATE DATABASE</> copied
is modified while the base backup is still in progress, it is
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ archive_command = 'local_backup_script.sh'
<listitem>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtablespace">
commands are WAL-logged with the literal absolute path, and will
therefore be replayed as tablespace creations with the same
absolute path. This might be undesirable if the log is being
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml
index b104e0ef2c0..4ab833133c3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml,v 2.224 2010/03/25 14:44:33 alvherre Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml,v 2.225 2010/04/03 07:22:52 petere Exp $ -->
<!--
Documentation of the system catalogs, directed toward PostgreSQL developers
-->
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
<para>
New aggregate functions are registered with the <xref
- linkend="sql-createaggregate" endterm="sql-createaggregate-title">
+ linkend="sql-createaggregate">
command. See <xref linkend="xaggr"> for more information about
writing aggregate functions and the meaning of the transition
functions, etc.
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@
<entry>
<structfield>attstattarget</structfield> controls the level of detail
of statistics accumulated for this column by
- <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-analyze">.
A zero value indicates that no statistics should be collected.
A negative value says to use the system default statistics target.
The exact meaning of positive values is data type-dependent.
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_cast</structname> stores data type conversion
paths, both built-in paths and those defined with
- <xref linkend="sql-createcast" endterm="sql-createcast-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createcast">.
</para>
<para>
@@ -1662,8 +1662,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_conversion</structname> describes the
available encoding conversion procedures. See
- <xref linkend="sql-createconversion" endterm="sql-createconversion-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createconversion">
for more information.
</para>
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_database</structname> stores information about
the available databases. Databases are created with the <xref
- linkend="sql-createdatabase" endterm="sql-createdatabase-title"> command.
+ linkend="sql-createdatabase"> command.
Consult <xref linkend="managing-databases"> for details about the meaning
of some of the parameters.
</para>
@@ -2185,8 +2185,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_description</> stores optional descriptions
(comments) for each database object. Descriptions can be manipulated
- with the <xref linkend="sql-comment" endterm="sql-comment-title"> command and viewed with
+ with the <xref linkend="sql-comment"> command and viewed with
<application>psql</application>'s <literal>\d</literal> commands.
Descriptions of many built-in system objects are provided in the initial
contents of <structname>pg_description</structname>.
@@ -2643,8 +2643,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -2732,8 +2732,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_language</structname> registers
languages in which you can write functions or stored procedures.
- See <xref linkend="sql-createlanguage" endterm="sql-createlanguage-title">
+ See <xref linkend="sql-createlanguage">
and <xref linkend="xplang"> for more information about language handlers.
</para>
@@ -3076,7 +3076,7 @@
<entry>
This references a function that is responsible for executing
<quote>inline</> anonymous code blocks
- (<xref linkend="sql-do" endterm="sql-do-title"> blocks).
+ (<xref linkend="sql-do"> blocks).
Zero if inline blocks are not supported
</entry>
</row>
@@ -3098,8 +3098,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -3231,8 +3231,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -3290,8 +3290,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_operator</> stores information about operators.
- See <xref linkend="sql-createoperator" endterm="sql-createoperator-title">
+ See <xref linkend="sql-createoperator">
and <xref linkend="xoper"> for more information.
</para>
@@ -3745,7 +3745,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_proc</> stores information about functions (or procedures).
- See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">
+ See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">
and <xref linkend="xfunc"> for more information.
</para>
@@ -4011,8 +4011,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -4368,8 +4368,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_shdescription</structname> stores optional
descriptions (comments) for shared database objects. Descriptions can be
- manipulated with the <xref linkend="sql-comment"
- endterm="sql-comment-title"> command and viewed with
+ manipulated with the <xref linkend="sql-comment"> command and viewed with
<application>psql</application>'s <literal>\d</literal> commands.
</para>
@@ -4437,7 +4436,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_statistic</structname> stores
statistical data about the contents of the database. Entries are
- created by <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title">
+ created by <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
and subsequently used by the query planner. Note that all the
statistical data is inherently approximate, even assuming that it
is up-to-date.
@@ -4668,8 +4667,8 @@
<entry></entry>
<entry>
Access privileges; see
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
for details
</entry>
</row>
@@ -4697,7 +4696,7 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_trigger</structname> stores triggers on tables.
- See <xref linkend="sql-createtrigger" endterm="sql-createtrigger-title">
+ See <xref linkend="sql-createtrigger">
for more information.
</para>
@@ -5250,9 +5249,9 @@
<para>
The catalog <structname>pg_type</structname> stores information about data
types. Base types and enum types (scalar types) are created with
- <xref linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title">, and
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtype">, and
domains with
- <xref linkend="sql-createdomain" endterm="sql-createdomain-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createdomain">.
A composite type is automatically created for each table in the database, to
represent the row structure of the table. It is also possible to create
composite types with <command>CREATE TYPE AS</command>.
@@ -5917,7 +5916,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
- via the <xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title">
+ via the <xref linkend="sql-declare">
statement in SQL
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -6414,8 +6413,7 @@
<para>
The <structname>pg_prepared_statements</structname> view displays
all the prepared statements that are available in the current
- session. See <xref linkend="sql-prepare"
- endterm="sql-prepare-title"> for more information about prepared
+ session. See <xref linkend="sql-prepare"> for more information about prepared
statements.
</para>
@@ -6423,8 +6421,7 @@
<structname>pg_prepared_statements</structname> contains one row
for each prepared statement. Rows are added to the view when a new
prepared statement is created and removed when a prepared statement
- is released (for example, via the <xref linkend="sql-deallocate"
- endterm="sql-deallocate-title"> command).
+ is released (for example, via the <xref linkend="sql-deallocate"> command).
</para>
<table>
@@ -6504,8 +6501,7 @@
<para>
The view <structname>pg_prepared_xacts</structname> displays
information about transactions that are currently prepared for two-phase
- commit (see <xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"
- endterm="sql-prepare-transaction-title"> for details).
+ commit (see <xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"> for details).
</para>
<para>
@@ -6780,8 +6776,8 @@
<para>
The view <structname>pg_settings</structname> provides access to
run-time parameters of the server. It is essentially an alternative
- interface to the <xref linkend="sql-show" endterm="sql-show-title">
- and <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> commands.
+ interface to the <xref linkend="sql-show">
+ and <xref linkend="sql-set"> commands.
It also provides access to some facts about each parameter that are
not directly available from <command>SHOW</>, such as minimum and
maximum values.
@@ -6900,7 +6896,7 @@
The <structname>pg_settings</structname> view cannot be inserted into or
deleted from, but it can be updated. An <command>UPDATE</command> applied
to a row of <structname>pg_settings</structname> is equivalent to executing
- the <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> command on that named
+ the <xref linkend="sql-set"> command on that named
parameter. The change only affects the value used by the current
session. If an <command>UPDATE</command> is issued within a transaction
that is later aborted, the effects of the <command>UPDATE</command> command
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml
index 59d19383fba..38b13954ea5 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml,v 1.135 2010/03/31 20:18:10 heikki Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml,v 1.136 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="client-authentication">
<title>Client Authentication</title>
@@ -785,8 +785,8 @@ omicron bryanh guest1
separate from operating system user passwords. The password for
each database user is stored in the <literal>pg_authid</> system
catalog. Passwords can be managed with the SQL commands
- <xref linkend="sql-createuser" endterm="sql-createuser-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-alteruser" endterm="sql-alteruser-title">,
+ <xref linkend="sql-createuser"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-alteruser">,
e.g., <userinput>CREATE USER foo WITH PASSWORD 'secret'</userinput>.
If no password has been set up for a user, the stored password
is null and password authentication will always fail for that user.
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml
index 988775dd123..81b0ba34457 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml,v 1.261 2010/03/17 18:03:55 mha Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml,v 1.262 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter Id="runtime-config">
<title>Server Configuration</title>
@@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ env PGOPTIONS='-c geqo=off' psql
Furthermore, it is possible to assign a set of parameter settings to
a user or a database. Whenever a session is started, the default
settings for the user and database involved are loaded. The
- commands <xref linkend="sql-alteruser" endterm="sql-alteruser-title">
- and <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase" endterm="sql-alterdatabase-title">,
+ commands <xref linkend="sql-alteruser">
+ and <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase">,
respectively, are used to configure these settings. Per-database
settings override anything received from the
<command>postgres</command> command-line or the configuration
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ env PGOPTIONS='-c geqo=off' psql
<para>
Some parameters can be changed in individual <acronym>SQL</acronym>
- sessions with the <xref linkend="SQL-SET" endterm="SQL-SET-title">
+ sessions with the <xref linkend="SQL-SET">
command, for example:
<screen>
SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF;
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF;
</para>
<para>
- The <xref linkend="SQL-SHOW" endterm="SQL-SHOW-title">
+ The <xref linkend="SQL-SHOW">
command allows inspection of the current values of all parameters.
</para>
@@ -654,8 +654,8 @@ SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF;
<listitem>
<para>
When a password is specified in <xref
- linkend="sql-createuser" endterm="sql-createuser-title"> or
- <xref linkend="sql-alteruser" endterm="sql-alteruser-title">
+ linkend="sql-createuser"> or
+ <xref linkend="sql-alteruser">
without writing either <literal>ENCRYPTED</> or
<literal>UNENCRYPTED</>, this parameter determines whether the
password is to be encrypted. The default is <literal>on</>
@@ -836,8 +836,7 @@ SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF;
<para>
Sets the maximum number of transactions that can be in the
<quote>prepared</> state simultaneously (see <xref
- linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"
- endterm="sql-prepare-transaction-title">).
+ linkend="sql-prepare-transaction">).
Setting this parameter to zero (which is the default)
disables the prepared-transaction feature.
This parameter can only be set at server start.
@@ -1039,14 +1038,12 @@ SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF;
</sect2>
<sect2 id="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost">
- <title id="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost-title">
- Cost-Based Vacuum Delay
- </title>
+ <title>Cost-Based Vacuum Delay</title>
<para>
- During the execution of <xref linkend="sql-vacuum"
- endterm="sql-vacuum-title"> and <xref linkend="sql-analyze"
- endterm="sql-analyze-title"> commands, the system maintains an
+ During the execution of <xref linkend="sql-vacuum">
+ and <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
+ commands, the system maintains an
internal counter that keeps track of the estimated cost of the
various I/O operations that are performed. When the accumulated
cost reaches a limit (specified by
@@ -1908,10 +1905,9 @@ archive_command = 'copy "%p" "C:\\server\\archivedir\\%f"' # Windows
of these configuration parameters to force the optimizer to
choose a different plan.
Better ways to improve the quality of the
- plans chosen by the optimizer include adjusting the <xref
- linkend="runtime-config-query-constants"
- endterm="runtime-config-query-constants-title">, running <xref
- linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title"> manually, increasing
+ plans chosen by the optimizer include adjusting the planer cost
+ constants (see <xref linkend="runtime-config-query-constants">),
+ running <xref linkend="sql-analyze"> manually, increasing
the value of the <xref
linkend="guc-default-statistics-target"> configuration parameter,
and increasing the amount of statistics collected for
@@ -2058,9 +2054,7 @@ archive_command = 'copy "%p" "C:\\server\\archivedir\\%f"' # Windows
</variablelist>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="runtime-config-query-constants">
- <title id="runtime-config-query-constants-title">
- Planner Cost Constants
- </title>
+ <title>Planner Cost Constants</title>
<para>
The <firstterm>cost</> variables described in this section are measured
@@ -4182,8 +4176,7 @@ COPY postgres_log FROM '/full/path/to/logfile.csv' WITH csv;
<para>
This parameter is normally on. When set to <literal>off</>, it
disables validation of the function body string during <xref
- linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title">. Disabling validation is
+ linkend="sql-createfunction">. Disabling validation is
occasionally useful to avoid problems such as forward references
when restoring function definitions from a dump.
</para>
@@ -4210,8 +4203,7 @@ COPY postgres_log FROM '/full/path/to/logfile.csv' WITH csv;
<para>
Consult <xref linkend="mvcc"> and <xref
- linkend="sql-set-transaction"
- endterm="sql-set-transaction-title"> for more information.
+ linkend="sql-set-transaction"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -4233,8 +4225,7 @@ COPY postgres_log FROM '/full/path/to/logfile.csv' WITH csv;
</para>
<para>
- Consult <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"
- endterm="sql-set-transaction-title"> for more information.
+ Consult <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -4251,7 +4242,7 @@ COPY postgres_log FROM '/full/path/to/logfile.csv' WITH csv;
superuser privilege and results in discarding any previously cached
query plans. Possible values are <literal>origin</> (the default),
<literal>replica</> and <literal>local</>.
- See <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title"> for
+ See <xref linkend="sql-altertable"> for
more information.
</para>
</listitem>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml
index 0ad4fd7567d..59a46ad0a3a 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml,v 1.247 2010/03/29 22:01:08 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml,v 1.248 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="datatype">
- <title id="datatype-title">Data Types</title>
+ <title>Data Types</title>
<indexterm zone="datatype">
<primary>data type</primary>
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> has a rich set of native data
types available to users. Users can add new types to
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> using the <xref
- linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title"> command.
+ linkend="sql-createtype"> command.
</para>
<para>
@@ -2843,7 +2843,7 @@ SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE a;
<para>
Enum types are created using the <xref
- linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title"> command,
+ linkend="sql-createtype"> command,
for example:
<programlisting>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml
index 5672c1bb630..d90ea59982b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml,v 1.10 2010/01/06 19:07:05 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml,v 1.11 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<sect1 id="dblink">
<title>dblink</title>
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@
the corresponding foreign-data wrapper. See the example below, as
well as the following:
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-createforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver" endterm="sql-createserver-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping" endterm="sql-createusermapping-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping"></member>
</simplelist>
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml
index 334ad51082c..c1dc645cc8f 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml,v 1.91 2010/04/01 01:18:17 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml,v 1.92 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="ddl">
<title>Data Definition</title>
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
<para>
To create a table, you use the aptly named <xref
- linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title"> command.
+ linkend="sql-createtable"> command.
In this command you specify at least a name for the new table, the
names of the columns and the data type of each column. For
example:
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ CREATE TABLE products (
<para>
If you no longer need a table, you can remove it using the <xref
- linkend="sql-droptable" endterm="sql-droptable-title"> command.
+ linkend="sql-droptable"> command.
For example:
<programlisting>
DROP TABLE my_first_table;
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ CREATE TABLE order_items (
If the foreign key references a unique constraint, there are some
additional possibilities regarding how null values are matched.
These are explained in the reference documentation for
- <xref linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtable">.
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ CREATE TABLE circles (
</itemizedlist>
All these actions are performed using the
- <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-altertable">
command, whose reference page contains details beyond those given
here.
</para>
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ ALTER TABLE products RENAME TO items;
object vary depending on the object's type (table, function, etc).
For complete information on the different types of privileges
supported by <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, refer to the
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> reference
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> reference
page. The following sections and chapters will also show you how
those privileges are used.
</para>
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ ALTER TABLE products RENAME TO items;
<note>
<para>
To change the owner of a table, index, sequence, or view, use the
- <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-altertable">
command. There are corresponding <literal>ALTER</> commands for
other object types.
</para>
@@ -1453,9 +1453,8 @@ REVOKE ALL ON accounts FROM PUBLIC;
the right to grant it in turn to others. If the grant option is
subsequently revoked then all who received the privilege from that
recipient (directly or through a chain of grants) will lose the
- privilege. For details see the <xref linkend="sql-grant"
- endterm="sql-grant-title"> and <xref linkend="sql-revoke"
- endterm="sql-revoke-title"> reference pages.
+ privilege. For details see the <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke"> reference pages.
</para>
</sect1>
@@ -1536,8 +1535,8 @@ REVOKE ALL ON accounts FROM PUBLIC;
</indexterm>
<para>
- To create a schema, use the <xref linkend="sql-createschema"
- endterm="sql-createschema-title"> command. Give the schema a name
+ To create a schema, use the <xref linkend="sql-createschema">
+ command. Give the schema a name
of your choice. For example:
<programlisting>
CREATE SCHEMA myschema;
@@ -2109,11 +2108,11 @@ VALUES ('New York', NULL, NULL, 'NY');
<para>
Table inheritance is typically established when the child table is
created, using the <literal>INHERITS</> clause of the
- <xref linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtable">
statement.
Alternatively, a table which is already defined in a compatible way can
have a new parent relationship added, using the <literal>INHERIT</literal>
- variant of <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title">.
+ variant of <xref linkend="sql-altertable">.
To do this the new child table must already include columns with
the same names and types as the columns of the parent. It must also include
check constraints with the same names and check expressions as those of the
@@ -2145,7 +2144,7 @@ VALUES ('New York', NULL, NULL, 'NY');
</para>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title"> will
+ <xref linkend="sql-altertable"> will
propagate any changes in column data definitions and check
constraints down the inheritance hierarchy. Again, dropping
columns that are depended on by other tables is only possible when using
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml
index d6e18591c53..310787aa128 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml,v 1.35 2007/02/01 00:28:16 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml,v 1.36 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<sect2 id="dfunc">
- <title id="dfunc-title">Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions</title>
+ <title>Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions</title>
<para>
Before you are able to use your
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/dml.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/dml.sgml
index 33ed078e8c3..69d162efe79 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/dml.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/dml.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dml.sgml,v 1.21 2009/09/11 12:53:24 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dml.sgml,v 1.22 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="dml">
<title>Data Manipulation</title>
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
</para>
<para>
- To create a new row, use the <xref linkend="sql-insert"
- endterm="sql-insert-title"> command. The command requires the
+ To create a new row, use the <xref linkend="sql-insert">
+ command. The command requires the
table name and column values. For
example, consider the products table from <xref linkend="ddl">:
<programlisting>
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ INSERT INTO products (product_no, name, price) VALUES
<tip>
<para>
When inserting a lot of data at the same time, considering using
- the <xref linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title"> command.
- It is not as flexible as the <xref linkend="sql-insert"
- endterm="sql-insert-title"> command, but is more efficient. Refer
+ the <xref linkend="sql-copy"> command.
+ It is not as flexible as the <xref linkend="sql-insert">
+ command, but is more efficient. Refer
to <xref linkend="populate"> for more information on improving
bulk loading performance.
</para>
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ INSERT INTO products (product_no, name, price) VALUES
</para>
<para>
- To update existing rows, use the <xref linkend="sql-update"
- endterm="sql-update-title"> command. This requires
+ To update existing rows, use the <xref linkend="sql-update">
+ command. This requires
three pieces of information:
<orderedlist spacing="compact">
<listitem>
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ UPDATE mytable SET a = 5, b = 3, c = 1 WHERE a > 0;
</para>
<para>
- You use the <xref linkend="sql-delete" endterm="sql-delete-title">
+ You use the <xref linkend="sql-delete">
command to remove rows; the syntax is very similar to the
<command>UPDATE</command> command. For instance, to remove all
rows from the products table that have a price of 10, use:
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml
index caeda7e75ca..476af79bf4d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml,v 1.37 2008/07/16 01:30:21 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml,v 1.38 2010/04/03 07:22:53 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="extend">
<title>Extending <acronym>SQL</acronym></title>
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
<para>
Composite types, or row types, are created whenever the user
creates a table. It is also possible to use <xref
- linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title"> to
+ linkend="sql-createtype"> to
define a <quote>stand-alone</> composite type with no associated
table. A composite type is simply a list of types with
associated field names. A value of a composite type is a row or
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
<para>
Domains can be created using the <acronym>SQL</> command
- <xref linkend="sql-createdomain" endterm="sql-createdomain-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createdomain">.
Their creation and use is not discussed in this chapter.
</para>
</sect2>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml
index 411aff0aad3..18c4e364b8d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml,v 1.510 2010/03/18 15:29:44 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml,v 1.511 2010/04/03 07:22:54 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="functions">
<title>Functions and Operators</title>
@@ -8877,7 +8877,7 @@ table2-mapping
functions for operating on <firstterm>sequence objects</firstterm>.
Sequence objects (also called sequence generators or just
sequences) are special single-row tables created with <xref
- linkend="sql-createsequence" endterm="sql-createsequence-title">.
+ linkend="sql-createsequence">.
A sequence object is usually used to generate unique identifiers
for rows of a table. The sequence functions, listed in <xref
linkend="functions-sequence-table">, provide simple, multiuser-safe
@@ -9070,7 +9070,7 @@ SELECT setval('foo', 42, false); <lineannotation>Next <function>nextval</> wi
If a sequence object has been created with default parameters,
successive <function>nextval</function> calls will return successive values
beginning with 1. Other behaviors can be obtained by using
- special parameters in the <xref linkend="sql-createsequence" endterm="sql-createsequence-title"> command;
+ special parameters in the <xref linkend="sql-createsequence"> command;
see its command reference page for more information.
</para>
@@ -11657,11 +11657,11 @@ postgres=# select * from unnest2(array[[1,2],[3,4]]);
<para>
The <function>session_user</function> is normally the user who initiated
the current database connection; but superusers can change this setting
- with <xref linkend="sql-set-session-authorization" endterm="sql-set-session-authorization-title">.
+ with <xref linkend="sql-set-session-authorization">.
The <function>current_user</function> is the user identifier
that is applicable for permission checking. Normally it is equal
to the session user, but it can be changed with
- <xref linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-set-role">.
It also changes during the execution of
functions with the attribute <literal>SECURITY DEFINER</literal>.
In Unix parlance, the session user is the <quote>real user</quote> and
@@ -11695,7 +11695,7 @@ SET search_path TO <replaceable>schema</> <optional>, <replaceable>schema</>, ..
<para>
<function>pg_listening_channels</function> returns a set of names of
channels that the current session is listening to. See <xref
- linkend="sql-listen" endterm="sql-listen-title"> for more information.
+ linkend="sql-listen"> for more information.
</para>
<indexterm>
@@ -12653,8 +12653,8 @@ SELECT typlen FROM pg_type WHERE oid = pg_typeof(33);
<para>
The functions shown in <xref linkend="functions-info-comment-table">
- extract comments previously stored with the <xref linkend="sql-comment"
- endterm="sql-comment-title"> command. A null value is returned if no
+ extract comments previously stored with the <xref linkend="sql-comment">
+ command. A null value is returned if no
comment could be found for the specified parameters.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/geqo.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/geqo.sgml
index 8418467acb9..75ebdaa4c9a 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/geqo.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/geqo.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/geqo.sgml,v 1.42 2009/08/10 22:41:38 alvherre Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/geqo.sgml,v 1.43 2010/04/03 07:22:54 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="geqo">
<chapterinfo>
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
<date>1997-10-02</date>
</chapterinfo>
- <title id="geqo-title">Genetic Query Optimizer</title>
+ <title>Genetic Query Optimizer</title>
<para>
<note>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml
index adcb0455e04..2241dd5d9ac 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml,v 2.19 2009/04/09 19:07:44 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml,v 2.20 2010/04/03 07:22:54 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="GIN">
<title>GIN Indexes</title>
@@ -241,8 +241,8 @@
If consistent response time is more important than update speed,
use of pending entries can be disabled by turning off the
<literal>FASTUPDATE</literal> storage parameter for a
- <acronym>GIN</acronym> index. See <xref linkend="sql-createindex"
- endterm="sql-createindex-title"> for details.
+ <acronym>GIN</acronym> index. See <xref linkend="sql-createindex">
+ for details.
</para>
</sect2>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml
index 2e8a7a95aa4..13b783bc864 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml,v 1.57 2010/03/31 20:41:50 heikki Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml,v 1.58 2010/04/03 07:22:54 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="high-availability">
<title>High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication</title>
@@ -201,9 +201,8 @@ protocol to make nodes agree on a serializable transactional order.
must query such values from a single server and then use those
values in write queries. Also, care must be taken that all
transactions either commit or abort on all servers, perhaps
- using two-phase commit (<xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"
- endterm="sql-prepare-transaction-title"> and <xref
- linkend="sql-commit-prepared" endterm="sql-commit-prepared-title">.
+ using two-phase commit (<xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction">
+ and <xref linkend="sql-commit-prepared">.
<productname>Pgpool-II</> and <productname>Sequoia</> are examples of
this type of replication.
</para>
@@ -250,9 +249,8 @@ protocol to make nodes agree on a serializable transactional order.
<para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</> does not offer this type of replication,
though <productname>PostgreSQL</> two-phase commit (<xref
- linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"
- endterm="sql-prepare-transaction-title"> and <xref
- linkend="sql-commit-prepared" endterm="sql-commit-prepared-title">)
+ linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"> and <xref
+ linkend="sql-commit-prepared">)
can be used to implement this in application code or middleware.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -552,7 +550,7 @@ protocol to make nodes agree on a serializable transactional order.
associated with tablespaces will be passed across unmodified, so both
primary and standby servers must have the same mount paths for
tablespaces if that feature is used. Keep in mind that if
- <xref linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtablespace">
is executed on the primary, any new mount point needed for it must
be created on the primary and all standby servers before the command
is executed. Hardware need not be exactly the same, but experience shows
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml
index 0ab3e25e80b..6f2887bd16d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml,v 1.80 2010/01/01 21:53:49 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml,v 1.81 2010/04/03 07:22:54 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="indexes">
- <title id="indexes-title">Indexes</title>
+ <title>Indexes</title>
<indexterm zone="indexes">
<primary>index</primary>
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ SELECT am.amname AS index_method,
maintenance or tuning, it is still important to check
which indexes are actually used by the real-life query workload.
Examining index usage for an individual query is done with the
- <xref linkend="sql-explain" endterm="sql-explain-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-explain">
command; its application for this purpose is
illustrated in <xref linkend="using-explain">.
It is also possible to gather overall statistics about index usage
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ SELECT am.amname AS index_method,
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
- Always run <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title">
+ Always run <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
first. This command
collects statistics about the distribution of the values in the
table. This information is required to estimate the number of rows
@@ -1025,8 +1025,8 @@ SELECT am.amname AS index_method,
almost certain to be inaccurate. Examining an application's
index usage without having run <command>ANALYZE</command> is
therefore a lost cause.
- See <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics" endterm="vacuum-for-statistics-title">
- and <xref linkend="autovacuum" endterm="autovacuum-title"> for more information.
+ See <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics">
+ and <xref linkend="autovacuum"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ SELECT am.amname AS index_method,
An inaccurate selectivity estimate is due to
insufficient statistics. It might be possible to improve this by
tuning the statistics-gathering parameters (see
- <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title">).
+ <xref linkend="sql-altertable">).
</para>
<para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml
index 3a22384057b..c880691438f 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml,v 1.303 2010/02/27 03:41:34 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml,v 1.304 2010/04/03 07:22:54 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="libpq">
<title><application>libpq</application> - C Library</title>
@@ -1804,12 +1804,12 @@ PGresult *PQprepare(PGconn *conn,
</variablelist>
Prepared statements for use with <function>PQexecPrepared</> can also
- be created by executing SQL <xref linkend="sql-prepare"
- endterm="sql-prepare-title"> statements. (But <function>PQprepare</>
+ be created by executing SQL <xref linkend="sql-prepare">
+ statements. (But <function>PQprepare</>
is more flexible since it does not require parameter types to be
pre-specified.) Also, although there is no <application>libpq</>
function for deleting a prepared statement, the SQL <xref
- linkend="sql-deallocate" endterm="sql-deallocate-title"> statement
+ linkend="sql-deallocate"> statement
can be used for that purpose.
</para>
@@ -4279,7 +4279,7 @@ typedef struct {
0 indicates the overall copy format is textual (rows separated by
newlines, columns separated by separator characters, etc). 1
indicates the overall copy format is binary. See <xref
- linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title"> for more information.
+ linkend="sql-copy"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -4359,8 +4359,7 @@ typedef struct {
into buffer loads of any convenient size. Buffer-load boundaries
have no semantic significance when sending. The contents of the
data stream must match the data format expected by the
- <command>COPY</> command; see <xref linkend="sql-copy"
- endterm="sql-copy-title"> for details.
+ <command>COPY</> command; see <xref linkend="sql-copy"> for details.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -6102,8 +6101,8 @@ myEventProc(PGEventId evtId, void *evtInfo, void *passThrough)
<para>
The following environment variables can be used to specify default
behavior for each <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> session. (See
- also the <xref linkend="sql-alteruser" endterm="sql-alteruser-title">
- and <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase" endterm="sql-alterdatabase-title">
+ also the <xref linkend="sql-alteruser">
+ and <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase">
commands for ways to set default behavior on a per-user or per-database
basis.)
@@ -6151,8 +6150,8 @@ myEventProc(PGEventId evtId, void *evtInfo, void *passThrough)
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- Refer to the <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="sql-set"
- endterm="sql-set-title"> for information on correct values for these
+ Refer to the <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="sql-set">
+ for information on correct values for these
environment variables.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml
index 0e567e7dbcd..ea7d1c8dcec 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml,v 1.52 2010/02/17 04:19:37 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml,v 1.53 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="largeObjects">
- <title id="largeObjects-title">Large Objects</title>
+ <title>Large Objects</title>
<indexterm zone="largeobjects"><primary>large object</></>
<indexterm><primary>BLOB</><see>large object</></>
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@
<para>
As of <productname>PostgreSQL</> 9.0, large objects have an owner
and a set of access permissions, which can be managed using
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">.
For compatibility with prior releases, see
<xref linkend="guc-lo-compat-privileges">.
<literal>SELECT</literal> privileges are required to read a large
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml
index 91d05b02434..a0977c157b1 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml,v 1.101 2010/03/17 17:12:31 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml,v 1.102 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="maintenance">
<title>Routine Database Maintenance Tasks</title>
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
<para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>'s
- <xref linkend="sql-vacuum" endterm="sql-vacuum-title"> command has to
+ <xref linkend="sql-vacuum"> command has to
process each table on a regular basis for several reasons:
<orderedlist>
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
their busiest tables as often as once every few minutes.) If you have
multiple databases in a cluster, don't forget to
<command>VACUUM</command> each one; the program <xref
- linkend="app-vacuumdb" endterm="app-vacuumdb-title"> might be helpful.
+ linkend="app-vacuumdb"> might be helpful.
</para>
<tip>
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@
massive update or delete activity. If you have such a table and
you need to reclaim the excess disk space it occupies, you will need
to use <command>VACUUM FULL</>, or alternatively
- <xref linkend="sql-cluster" endterm="sql-cluster-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-cluster">
or one of the table-rewriting variants of
- <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-altertable">.
These commands rewrite an entire new copy of the table and build
new indexes for it. All these options require exclusive lock. Note that
they also temporarily use extra disk space approximately equal to the size
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
<para>
If you have a table whose entire contents are deleted on a periodic
basis, consider doing it with
- <xref linkend="sql-truncate" endterm="sql-truncate-title"> rather
+ <xref linkend="sql-truncate"> rather
than using <command>DELETE</command> followed by
<command>VACUUM</command>. <command>TRUNCATE</command> removes the
entire content of the table immediately, without requiring a
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
</sect2>
<sect2 id="vacuum-for-statistics">
- <title id="vacuum-for-statistics-title">Updating Planner Statistics</title>
+ <title>Updating Planner Statistics</title>
<indexterm zone="vacuum-for-statistics">
<primary>statistics</primary>
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
The <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> query planner relies on
statistical information about the contents of tables in order to
generate good plans for queries. These statistics are gathered by
- the <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title"> command,
+ the <xref linkend="sql-analyze"> command,
which can be invoked by itself or
as an optional step in <command>VACUUM</>. It is important to have
reasonably accurate statistics, otherwise poor choices of plans might
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ HINT: Stop the postmaster and use a standalone backend to VACUUM in "mydb".
</sect2>
<sect2 id="autovacuum">
- <title id="autovacuum-title">The Autovacuum Daemon</title>
+ <title>The Autovacuum Daemon</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>autovacuum</primary>
@@ -666,10 +666,8 @@ analyze threshold = analyze base threshold + analyze scale factor * number of tu
Another two parameters,
<literal>autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay</literal> and
<literal>autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit</literal>, are used to set
- table-specific values for the
- <xref linkend="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost"
- endterm="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost-title">
- feature.
+ table-specific values for the cost-based vacuum delay feature
+ (see <xref linkend="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost">).
<literal>autovacuum_freeze_min_age</literal>,
<literal>autovacuum_freeze_max_age</literal> and
<literal>autovacuum_freeze_table_age</literal> are used to set
@@ -697,7 +695,7 @@ analyze threshold = analyze base threshold + analyze scale factor * number of tu
<para>
In some situations it is worthwhile to rebuild indexes periodically
- with the <xref linkend="sql-reindex" endterm="sql-reindex-title">
+ with the <xref linkend="sql-reindex">
command.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml
index da27e74d4ea..e2321d125eb 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml,v 2.61 2010/02/03 17:25:05 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml,v 2.62 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="managing-databases">
<title>Managing Databases</title>
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ SELECT datname FROM pg_database;
<para>
Databases are created with the SQL command
- <xref linkend="sql-createdatabase" endterm="sql-createdatabase-title">:<indexterm><primary>CREATE
+ <xref linkend="sql-createdatabase">:<indexterm><primary>CREATE
DATABASE</></>
<synopsis>
CREATE DATABASE <replaceable>name</>;
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ ALTER DATABASE mydb SET geqo TO off;
<para>
Databases are destroyed with the command
- <xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase" endterm="sql-dropdatabase-title">:<indexterm><primary>DROP DATABASE</></>
+ <xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase">:<indexterm><primary>DROP DATABASE</></>
<synopsis>
DROP DATABASE <replaceable>name</>;
</synopsis>
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ dropdb <replaceable class="parameter">dbname</replaceable>
<para>
To define a tablespace, use the <xref
- linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title">
+ linkend="sql-createtablespace">
command, for example:<indexterm><primary>CREATE TABLESPACE</></>:
<programlisting>
CREATE TABLESPACE fastspace LOCATION '/mnt/sda1/postgresql/data';
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ CREATE TABLE foo(i int);
<para>
To remove an empty tablespace, use the <xref
- linkend="sql-droptablespace" endterm="sql-droptablespace-title">
+ linkend="sql-droptablespace">
command.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml
index ae730203df8..e9fbe9e3043 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml,v 1.76 2010/02/03 17:25:05 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml,v 1.77 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="monitoring">
<title>Monitoring Database Activity</title>
@@ -27,8 +27,7 @@
<command>ps</>, <command>top</>, <command>iostat</>, and <command>vmstat</>.
Also, once one has identified a
poorly-performing query, further investigation might be needed using
- <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>'s <xref linkend="sql-explain"
- endterm="sql-explain-title"> command.
+ <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>'s <xref linkend="sql-explain"> command.
<xref linkend="using-explain"> discusses <command>EXPLAIN</>
and other methods for understanding the behavior of an individual
query.
@@ -159,7 +158,7 @@ postgres: <replaceable>user</> <replaceable>database</> <replaceable>host</> <re
Normally these parameters are set in <filename>postgresql.conf</> so
that they apply to all server processes, but it is possible to turn
them on or off in individual sessions using the <xref
- linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> command. (To prevent
+ linkend="sql-set"> command. (To prevent
ordinary users from hiding their activity from the administrator,
only superusers are allowed to change these parameters with
<command>SET</>.)
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml
index acce32dd9a1..e3687aa34f0 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml,v 2.73 2010/02/24 14:10:24 alvherre Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml,v 2.74 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="mvcc">
<title>Concurrency Control</title>
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
<para>
To set the transaction isolation level of a transaction, use the
- command <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction" endterm="sql-set-transaction-title">.
+ command <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction">.
</para>
<sect2 id="xact-read-committed">
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ SELECT SUM(value) FROM mytab WHERE class = 2;
which they are used automatically by
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>. You can also acquire any
of these locks explicitly with the command <xref
- linkend="sql-lock" endterm="sql-lock-title">.
+ linkend="sql-lock">.
Remember that all of these lock modes are table-level locks,
even if the name contains the word
<quote>row</quote>; the names of the lock modes are historical.
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/passwordcheck.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/passwordcheck.sgml
index e46e3dfa034..2da1f52650a 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/passwordcheck.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/passwordcheck.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/passwordcheck.sgml,v 1.1 2009/11/18 21:57:56 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/passwordcheck.sgml,v 1.2 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<sect1 id="passwordcheck">
<title>passwordcheck</title>
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
<para>
The <filename>passwordcheck</filename> module checks users' passwords
whenever they are set with
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE" endterm="SQL-CREATEROLE-title"> or
- <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERROLE" endterm="SQL-ALTERROLE-title">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE"> or
+ <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERROLE">.
If a password is considered too weak, it will be rejected and
the command will terminate with an error.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml
index 02c5071d2ae..d7c36cc4e9f 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml,v 1.74 2010/02/26 02:31:52 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml,v 1.75 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="performance-tips">
<title>Performance Tips</title>
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
is absolutely critical for good performance, so the system includes
a complex <firstterm>planner</> that tries to choose good plans.
You can use the
- <xref linkend="sql-explain" endterm="sql-explain-title"> command
+ <xref linkend="sql-explain"> command
to see what query plan the planner creates for any query.
Plan-reading is an art that deserves an extensive tutorial, which
this is not; but here is some basic information.
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ SELECT * FROM x, y, a, b, c WHERE something AND somethingelse;
<title>Use <command>COPY</command></title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title"> to load
+ Use <xref linkend="sql-copy"> to load
all the rows in one command, instead of using a series of
<command>INSERT</command> commands. The <command>COPY</command>
command is optimized for loading large numbers of rows; it is less
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ SELECT * FROM x, y, a, b, c WHERE something AND somethingelse;
<para>
If you cannot use <command>COPY</command>, it might help to use <xref
- linkend="sql-prepare" endterm="sql-prepare-title"> to create a
+ linkend="sql-prepare"> to create a
prepared <command>INSERT</command> statement, and then use
<command>EXECUTE</command> as many times as required. This avoids
some of the overhead of repeatedly parsing and planning
@@ -967,8 +967,7 @@ SELECT * FROM x, y, a, b, c WHERE something AND somethingelse;
<para>
Whenever you have significantly altered the distribution of data
- within a table, running <xref linkend="sql-analyze"
- endterm="sql-analyze-title"> is strongly recommended. This
+ within a table, running <xref linkend="sql-analyze"> is strongly recommended. This
includes bulk loading large amounts of data into the table. Running
<command>ANALYZE</command> (or <command>VACUUM ANALYZE</command>)
ensures that the planner has up-to-date statistics about the
@@ -977,8 +976,8 @@ SELECT * FROM x, y, a, b, c WHERE something AND somethingelse;
performance on any tables with inaccurate or nonexistent
statistics. Note that if the autovacuum daemon is enabled, it might
run <command>ANALYZE</command> automatically; see
- <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics" endterm="vacuum-for-statistics-title">
- and <xref linkend="autovacuum" endterm="autovacuum-title"> for more information.
+ <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics">
+ and <xref linkend="autovacuum"> for more information.
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -1062,8 +1061,8 @@ SELECT * FROM x, y, a, b, c WHERE something AND somethingelse;
<varname>maintenance_work_mem</varname>; rather, you'd do that while
manually recreating indexes and foreign keys afterwards.
And don't forget to <command>ANALYZE</> when you're done; see
- <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics" endterm="vacuum-for-statistics-title">
- and <xref linkend="autovacuum" endterm="autovacuum-title"> for more information.
+ <xref linkend="vacuum-for-statistics">
+ and <xref linkend="autovacuum"> for more information.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/plhandler.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/plhandler.sgml
index eb3c58243ee..058eefbd655 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/plhandler.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/plhandler.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/plhandler.sgml,v 1.9 2009/11/23 21:41:20 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/plhandler.sgml,v 1.10 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="plhandler">
<title>Writing A Procedural Language Handler</title>
@@ -162,10 +162,10 @@ CREATE LANGUAGE plsample
are a <firstterm>validator</firstterm> and an
<firstterm>inline handler</firstterm>. A validator can be provided
to allow language-specific checking to be done during
- <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">.
An inline handler can be provided to allow the language to support
anonymous code blocks executed via the <xref linkend="sql-do"
- endterm="sql-do-title"> command.
+ > command.
</para>
<para>
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ CREATE LANGUAGE plsample
The procedural languages included in the standard distribution
are good references when trying to write your own language handler.
Look into the <filename>src/pl</> subdirectory of the source tree.
- The <xref linkend="sql-createlanguage" endterm="sql-createlanguage-title">
+ The <xref linkend="sql-createlanguage">
reference page also has some useful details.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/plperl.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/plperl.sgml
index 9d6c470263b..c4129510fc1 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/plperl.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/plperl.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/plperl.sgml,v 2.82 2010/02/25 10:02:30 mha Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/plperl.sgml,v 2.83 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="plperl">
<title>PL/Perl - Perl Procedural Language</title>
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
<para>
To create a function in the PL/Perl language, use the standard
- <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">
syntax:
<programlisting>
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plperl;
<para>
PL/Perl also supports anonymous code blocks called with the
- <xref linkend="sql-do" endterm="sql-do-title"> statement:
+ <xref linkend="sql-do"> statement:
<programlisting>
DO $$
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml
index b682db80bc0..e0ecd1f3aa2 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml,v 1.151 2010/02/17 04:19:37 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml,v 1.152 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="plpgsql">
<title><application>PL/pgSQL</application> - <acronym>SQL</acronym> Procedural Language</title>
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ EXECUTE 'SELECT count(*) FROM '
<para>
The <application>PL/pgSQL</application>
<command>EXECUTE</command> statement is not related to the
- <xref linkend="sql-execute" endterm="sql-execute-title"> SQL
+ <xref linkend="sql-execute"> SQL
statement supported by the
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> server. The server's
<command>EXECUTE</command> statement cannot be used directly within
@@ -2610,8 +2610,8 @@ FETCH <optional> <replaceable>direction</replaceable> { FROM | IN } </optional>
<para>
The <replaceable>direction</replaceable> clause can be any of the
- variants allowed in the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch"
- endterm="sql-fetch-title"> command except the ones that can fetch
+ variants allowed in the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch">
+ command except the ones that can fetch
more than one row; namely, it can be
<literal>NEXT</>,
<literal>PRIOR</>,
@@ -2662,8 +2662,8 @@ MOVE <optional> <replaceable>direction</replaceable> { FROM | IN } </optional> <
<para>
The <replaceable>direction</replaceable> clause can be any of the
- variants allowed in the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch"
- endterm="sql-fetch-title"> command, namely
+ variants allowed in the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch">
+ command, namely
<literal>NEXT</>,
<literal>PRIOR</>,
<literal>FIRST</>,
@@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@ DELETE FROM <replaceable>table</replaceable> WHERE CURRENT OF <replaceable>curso
restrictions on what the cursor's query can be (in particular,
no grouping) and it's best to use <literal>FOR UPDATE</> in the
cursor. For more information see the
- <xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-declare">
reference page.
</para>
@@ -4625,7 +4625,7 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql;
the function always returns the same result when given the same
arguments) and <quote>strictness</quote> (whether the function
returns null if any argument is null). Consult the <xref
- linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">
+ linkend="sql-createfunction">
reference page for details.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/pltcl.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/pltcl.sgml
index 899891bee51..c4ea226a7fe 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/pltcl.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/pltcl.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/pltcl.sgml,v 2.48 2008/03/28 00:21:55 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/pltcl.sgml,v 2.49 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="pltcl">
<title>PL/Tcl - Tcl Procedural Language</title>
@@ -79,8 +79,7 @@
<para>
To create a function in the <application>PL/Tcl</> language, use
- the standard <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title"> syntax:
+ the standard <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"> syntax:
<programlisting>
CREATE FUNCTION <replaceable>funcname</replaceable> (<replaceable>argument-types</replaceable>) RETURNS <replaceable>return-type</replaceable> AS $$
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml
index bb95ab71499..70762671610 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml,v 1.86 2010/03/17 00:28:15 sriggs Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml,v 1.87 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="protocol">
<title>Frontend/Backend Protocol</title>
@@ -2419,7 +2419,7 @@ CopyInResponse (B)
characters, etc).
1 indicates the overall copy format is binary (similar
to DataRow format).
- See <xref linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title">
+ See <xref linkend="sql-copy">
for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2493,8 +2493,7 @@ CopyOutResponse (B)
is textual (rows separated by newlines, columns
separated by separator characters, etc). 1 indicates
the overall copy format is binary (similar to DataRow
- format). See <xref linkend="sql-copy"
- endterm="sql-copy-title"> for more information.
+ format). See <xref linkend="sql-copy"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml
index 479d9baf448..5e165a38f2b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml,v 1.56 2009/10/21 20:22:38 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml,v 1.57 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="queries">
<title>Queries</title>
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
<para>
The process of retrieving or the command to retrieve data from a
database is called a <firstterm>query</firstterm>. In SQL the
- <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> command is
+ <xref linkend="sql-select"> command is
used to specify queries. The general syntax of the
<command>SELECT</command> command is
<synopsis>
@@ -1508,8 +1508,7 @@ SELECT <replaceable>select_list</replaceable> FROM <replaceable>table_expression
</para>
<para>
- For more information see <xref linkend="sql-values"
- endterm="sql-values-title">.
+ For more information see <xref linkend="sql-values">.
</para>
</sect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/query.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/query.sgml
index d9fcc23cd99..0fd711368fe 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/query.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/query.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/query.sgml,v 1.54 2010/02/19 01:15:54 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/query.sgml,v 1.55 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="tutorial-sql">
<title>The <acronym>SQL</acronym> Language</title>
@@ -267,8 +267,7 @@ COPY weather FROM '/home/user/weather.txt';
where the file name for the source file must be available to the
backend server machine, not the client, since the backend server
reads the file directly. You can read more about the
- <command>COPY</command> command in <xref linkend="sql-copy"
- endterm="sql-copy-title">.
+ <command>COPY</command> command in <xref linkend="sql-copy">.
</para>
</sect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/abort.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/abort.sgml
index 527a7bbf7e7..4261cafe9b5 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/abort.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/abort.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/abort.sgml,v 1.18 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/abort.sgml,v 1.19 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ABORT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-abort-title">ABORT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ABORT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ABORT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
all the updates made by the transaction to be discarded.
This command is identical
in behavior to the standard <acronym>SQL</acronym> command
- <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK" endterm="SQL-ROLLBACK-TITLE">,
+ <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK">,
and is present only for historical reasons.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ ABORT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-COMMIT" endterm="SQL-COMMIT-TITLE"> to
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-COMMIT"> to
successfully terminate a transaction.
</para>
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ABORT;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_aggregate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_aggregate.sgml
index 3f9f97a49ff..9c9cc464c38 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_aggregate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_aggregate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_aggregate.sgml,v 1.10 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_aggregate.sgml,v 1.11 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERAGGREGATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERAGGREGATE-TITLE">ALTER AGGREGATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER AGGREGATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ ALTER AGGREGATE myavg(integer) SET SCHEMA myschema;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createaggregate" endterm="sql-createaggregate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropaggregate" endterm="sql-dropaggregate-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createaggregate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropaggregate"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_conversion.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_conversion.sgml
index 4be65d30a7a..0576fd4eda5 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_conversion.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_conversion.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_conversion.sgml,v 1.10 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_conversion.sgml,v 1.11 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERCONVERSION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERCONVERSION-TITLE">ALTER CONVERSION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER CONVERSION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ ALTER CONVERSION iso_8859_1_to_utf8 OWNER TO joe;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createconversion" endterm="sql-createconversion-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropconversion" endterm="sql-dropconversion-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createconversion"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropconversion"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_database.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_database.sgml
index a30e39718ad..f150fbb7556 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_database.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_database.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_database.sgml,v 1.24 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_database.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERDATABASE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alterdatabase-title">ALTER DATABASE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER DATABASE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ALTER DATABASE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> RESET ALL
</para>
<para>
- See <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> and <xref linkend="runtime-config">
+ See <xref linkend="sql-set"> and <xref linkend="runtime-config">
for more information about allowed parameter names
and values.
</para>
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ ALTER DATABASE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> RESET ALL
<para>
It is also possible to tie a session default to a specific role
rather than to a database; see
- <xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-alterrole">.
Role-specific settings override database-specific
ones if there is a conflict.
</para>
@@ -207,10 +207,10 @@ ALTER DATABASE test SET enable_indexscan TO off;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase" endterm="sql-createdatabase-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase" endterm="sql-dropdatabase-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml
index 66bf72b4e34..9c16903f8aa 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml,v 1.2 2009/10/12 23:41:43 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERDEFAULTPRIVILEGES">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERDEFAULTPRIVILEGES-TITLE">ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
</para>
<para>
- As explained under <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title">,
+ As explained under <xref linkend="sql-grant">,
the default privileges for any object type normally grant all grantable
permissions to the object owner, and may grant some privileges to
<literal>PUBLIC</> as well. However, this behavior can be changed by
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
This parameter, and all the other parameters in
<replaceable class="parameter">abbreviated_grant_or_revoke</>,
act as described under
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> or
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">,
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> or
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">,
except that one is setting permissions for a whole class of objects
rather than specific named objects.
</para>
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
to obtain information about existing assignments of default privileges.
The meaning of the privilege values is the same as explained for
<command>\dp</command> under
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant">.
</para>
<para>
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES FOR ROLE admin REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTIONS FROM PUBLIC;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-grant"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_domain.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_domain.sgml
index b265ce216f0..dd921e1dc55 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_domain.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_domain.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_domain.sgml,v 1.24 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_domain.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERDOMAIN">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alterdomain-title">ALTER DOMAIN</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER DOMAIN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ ALTER DOMAIN <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
This form adds a new constraint to a domain using the same syntax as
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDOMAIN" endterm="SQL-CREATEDOMAIN-TITLE">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDOMAIN">.
This will only succeed if all columns using the domain satisfy the
new constraint.
</para>
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@ ALTER DOMAIN zipcode SET SCHEMA customers;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createdomain" endterm="sql-createdomain-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdomain" endterm="sql-dropdomain-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createdomain"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdomain"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
index 79348bda6fd..41a195db4c0 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml,v 1.3 2009/06/19 15:28:25 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml,v 1.4 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERFOREIGNDATAWRAPPER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alterforeigndatawrapper-title">ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dbi VALIDATOR bob.myvalidator;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-createforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-dropforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropforeigndatawrapper"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_function.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_function.sgml
index cce23760040..23145932f41 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_function.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_function.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_function.sgml,v 1.18 2009/09/18 05:00:41 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_function.sgml,v 1.19 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERFUNCTION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERFUNCTION-TITLE">ALTER FUNCTION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER FUNCTION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ ALTER FUNCTION <replaceable>name</replaceable> ( [ [ <replaceable class="paramet
null. <literal>RETURNS NULL ON NULL INPUT</literal> or
<literal>STRICT</literal> changes the function so that it is not
invoked if any of its arguments are null; instead, a null result
- is assumed automatically. See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title"> for more information.
+ is assumed automatically. See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">
+ for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -173,8 +173,7 @@ ALTER FUNCTION <replaceable>name</replaceable> ( [ [ <replaceable class="paramet
<listitem>
<para>
Change the volatility of the function to the specified setting.
- See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title"> for details.
+ See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"> for details.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -187,8 +186,7 @@ ALTER FUNCTION <replaceable>name</replaceable> ( [ [ <replaceable class="paramet
<para>
Change whether the function is a security definer or not. The
key word <literal>EXTERNAL</literal> is ignored for SQL
- conformance. See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title"> for more information about
+ conformance. See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"> for more information about
this capability.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -200,8 +198,7 @@ ALTER FUNCTION <replaceable>name</replaceable> ( [ [ <replaceable class="paramet
<listitem>
<para>
Change the estimated execution cost of the function.
- See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title"> for more information.
+ See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -212,8 +209,7 @@ ALTER FUNCTION <replaceable>name</replaceable> ( [ [ <replaceable class="paramet
<listitem>
<para>
Change the estimated number of rows returned by a set-returning
- function. See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title"> for more information.
+ function. See <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -235,7 +231,7 @@ ALTER FUNCTION <replaceable>name</replaceable> ( [ [ <replaceable class="paramet
</para>
<para>
- See <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> and
+ See <xref linkend="sql-set"> and
<xref linkend="runtime-config">
for more information about allowed parameter names and values.
</para>
@@ -317,8 +313,8 @@ ALTER FUNCTION check_password(text) RESET search_path;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropfunction" endterm="sql-dropfunction-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropfunction"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_group.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_group.sgml
index 2d4d3e90159..64e5da8d0ff 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_group.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_group.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_group.sgml,v 1.19 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_group.sgml,v 1.20 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERGROUP">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERGROUP-title">ALTER GROUP</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER GROUP</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ ALTER GROUP <replaceable class="PARAMETER">group_name</replaceable> RENAME TO <r
<quote>group</> for this purpose.) These variants are effectively
equivalent to granting or revoking membership in the role named as the
<quote>group</>; so the preferred way to do this is to use
- <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT" endterm="SQL-GRANT-title"> or
- <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE" endterm="SQL-REVOKE-title">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT"> or
+ <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE">.
</para>
<para>
The third variant changes the name of the group. This is exactly
equivalent to renaming the role with
- <xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-alterrole">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ ALTER GROUP workers DROP USER beth;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-grant"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_index.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_index.sgml
index dd9912ec4e2..6d04b108f08 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_index.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_index.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_index.sgml,v 1.14 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_index.sgml,v 1.15 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERINDEX">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alterindex-title">ALTER INDEX</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER INDEX</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ ALTER INDEX <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> RESET ( <replaceab
This form changes the index's tablespace to the specified tablespace and
moves the data file(s) associated with the index to the new tablespace.
See also
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLESPACE" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLESPACE">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ ALTER INDEX <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> RESET ( <replaceab
<para>
This form changes one or more index-method-specific storage parameters
for the index. See
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEINDEX" endterm="sql-createindex-title">
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEINDEX">
for details on the available parameters. Note that the index contents
will not be modified immediately by this command; depending on the
parameter you might need to rebuild the index with
- <xref linkend="SQL-REINDEX" endterm="sql-reindex-title">
+ <xref linkend="SQL-REINDEX">
to get the desired effects.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ALTER INDEX <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> RESET ( <replaceab
<para>
These operations are also possible using
- <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERTABLE" endterm="SQL-ALTERTABLE-TITLE">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERTABLE">.
<command>ALTER INDEX</> is in fact just an alias for the forms
of <command>ALTER TABLE</> that apply to indexes.
</para>
@@ -209,8 +209,8 @@ REINDEX INDEX distributors;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createindex" endterm="sql-createindex-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-reindex" endterm="sql-reindex-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createindex"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-reindex"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_language.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_language.sgml
index 94c9222c1f0..362b3411fb9 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_language.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_language.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_language.sgml,v 1.9 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_language.sgml,v 1.10 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERLANGUAGE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERLANGUAGE-title">ALTER LANGUAGE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER LANGUAGE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ ALTER [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE <replaceable>name</replaceable> OWNER TO <replacea
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage" endterm="sql-createlanguage-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droplanguage" endterm="sql-droplanguage-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droplanguage"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_large_object.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_large_object.sgml
index fb278f8e330..1e90a165a99 100755
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_large_object.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_large_object.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_large_object.sgml,v 1.2 2009/12/19 03:29:28 itagaki Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_large_object.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERLARGEOBJECT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERLARGEOBJECT-title">ALTER LARGE OBJECT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER LARGE OBJECT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ALTER LARGE OBJECT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">large_object_oid</replaceable>
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="largeObjects" endterm="largeObjects-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="largeobjects"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opclass.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opclass.sgml
index fbdc051b80e..ef3078bfe43 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opclass.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opclass.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opclass.sgml,v 1.10 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opclass.sgml,v 1.11 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTEROPCLASS">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTEROPCLASS-TITLE">ALTER OPERATOR CLASS</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER OPERATOR CLASS</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ ALTER OPERATOR CLASS <replaceable>name</replaceable> USING <replaceable class="p
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass" endterm="sql-createopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass" endterm="sql-dropopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily" endterm="sql-alteropfamily-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_operator.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_operator.sgml
index 9e6e8aff479..d67ae302d04 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_operator.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_operator.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_operator.sgml,v 1.5 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_operator.sgml,v 1.6 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTEROPERATOR">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTEROPERATOR-TITLE">ALTER OPERATOR</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER OPERATOR</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ ALTER OPERATOR @@ (text, text) OWNER TO joe;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createoperator" endterm="sql-createoperator-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropoperator" endterm="sql-dropoperator-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createoperator"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropoperator"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opfamily.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opfamily.sgml
index 6e28b8540a8..70f20db2b40 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opfamily.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opfamily.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opfamily.sgml,v 1.6 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_opfamily.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTEROPFAMILY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTEROPFAMILY-TITLE">ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -52,8 +52,7 @@ ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY <replaceable>name</replaceable> USING <replaceable class="
are compatible with the family's semantics, but are not required for
correct functioning of any specific index. (Operators and functions
that are so required should be declared as part of an operator class,
- instead; see <xref linkend="sql-createopclass"
- endterm="sql-createopclass-title">.)
+ instead; see <xref linkend="sql-createopclass">.)
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> will allow loose members of a
family to be dropped from the family at any time, but members of an
operator class cannot be dropped without dropping the whole class and
@@ -313,11 +312,11 @@ ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY integer_ops USING btree DROP
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopfamily" endterm="sql-createopfamily-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopfamily" endterm="sql-dropopfamily-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass" endterm="sql-createopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass" endterm="sql-alteropclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass" endterm="sql-dropopclass-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopfamily"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopfamily"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml
index 2d09de10c4c..3a2504cd0a0 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml,v 1.15 2009/10/07 22:14:16 alvherre Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml,v 1.16 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERROLE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alterrole-title">ALTER ROLE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER ROLE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ ALTER ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ IN DATABASE <repl
<para>
The first variant of this command listed in the synopsis can change
many of the role attributes that can be specified in
- <xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createrole">.
(All the possible attributes are covered,
except that there are no options for adding or removing memberships; use
- <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT" endterm="SQL-GRANT-title"> and
- <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE" endterm="SQL-REVOKE-title"> for that.)
+ <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT"> and
+ <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE"> for that.)
Attributes not mentioned in the command retain their previous settings.
Database superusers can change any of these settings for any role.
Roles having <literal>CREATEROLE</> privilege can change any of these
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ ALTER ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ IN DATABASE <repl
<filename>postgresql.conf</> or has been received from the postgres
command line. This only happens at login time, so configuration
settings associated with a role to which you've <xref
- linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title"> will be ignored. Settings set to
+ linkend="sql-set-role"> will be ignored. Settings set to
a role directly are overridden by any database specific settings attached to a role.
Superusers can change anyone's session defaults. Roles having
<literal>CREATEROLE</> privilege can change defaults for non-superuser
@@ -131,8 +131,7 @@ ALTER ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ IN DATABASE <repl
<listitem>
<para>
These clauses alter attributes originally set by
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE"
- endterm="SQL-CREATEROLE-title">. For more information, see the
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE">. For more information, see the
<command>CREATE ROLE</command> reference page.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -176,12 +175,12 @@ ALTER ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ IN DATABASE <repl
<para>
Role-specific variable setting take effect only at login;
- <xref linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-set-role">
does not process role-specific variable settings.
</para>
<para>
- See <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> and <xref
+ See <xref linkend="sql-set"> and <xref
linkend="runtime-config"> for more information about allowed
parameter names and values.
</para>
@@ -194,15 +193,14 @@ ALTER ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ IN DATABASE <repl
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE" endterm="SQL-CREATEROLE-title">
- to add new roles, and <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE"
- endterm="SQL-DROPROLE-title"> to remove a role.
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE">
+ to add new roles, and <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE"> to remove a role.
</para>
<para>
<command>ALTER ROLE</command> cannot change a role's memberships.
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT" endterm="SQL-GRANT-title"> and
- <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE" endterm="SQL-REVOKE-title">
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT"> and
+ <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE">
to do that.
</para>
@@ -210,8 +208,8 @@ ALTER ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ IN DATABASE <repl
Caution must be exercised when specifying an unencrypted password
with this command. The password will be transmitted to the server
in cleartext, and it might also be logged in the client's command
- history or the server log. <xref linkend="app-psql"
- endterm="app-psql-title"> contains a command
+ history or the server log. <xref linkend="app-psql">
+ contains a command
<command>\password</command> that can be used to safely change a
role's password.
</para>
@@ -219,7 +217,7 @@ ALTER ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ IN DATABASE <repl
<para>
It is also possible to tie a
session default to a specific database rather than to a role; see
- <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase" endterm="sql-alterdatabase-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase">.
If there is a conflict, database-role-specific settings override role-specific
ones, which in turn override database-specific ones.
</para>
@@ -300,9 +298,9 @@ ALTER ROLE fred IN DATABASE devel SET client_min_messages = DEBUG;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_schema.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_schema.sgml
index 122b0746097..7f510e9ad42 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_schema.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_schema.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_schema.sgml,v 1.11 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_schema.sgml,v 1.12 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERSCHEMA">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERSCHEMA-title">ALTER SCHEMA</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER SCHEMA</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ ALTER SCHEMA <replaceable>name</replaceable> OWNER TO <replaceable>new_owner</re
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createschema" endterm="sql-createschema-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropschema" endterm="sql-dropschema-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createschema"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropschema"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml
index 6d6a9a62f2b..34f13d4bc07 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml,v 1.24 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERSEQUENCE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERSEQUENCE-TITLE">ALTER SEQUENCE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER SEQUENCE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@ ALTER SEQUENCE serial RESTART WITH 105;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createsequence" endterm="sql-createsequence-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropsequence" endterm="sql-dropsequence-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createsequence"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropsequence"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_server.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_server.sgml
index 1bce7fb4de8..dfd72431b2a 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_server.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_server.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_server.sgml,v 1.3 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_server.sgml,v 1.4 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERSERVER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alterserver-title">ALTER SERVER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER SERVER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ ALTER SERVER foo VERSION '8.4' OPTIONS (SET host 'baz');
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver" endterm="sql-createserver-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropserver" endterm="sql-dropserver-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropserver"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml
index 222637eb12f..16007ef2734 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml,v 1.111 2010/01/22 17:30:24 rhaas Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml,v 1.112 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTABLE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-altertable-title">ALTER TABLE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TABLE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
This form adds a new column to the table, using the same syntax as
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLE" endterm="SQL-CREATETABLE-TITLE">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLE">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<para>
This form
sets the per-column statistics-gathering target for subsequent
- <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title"> operations.
+ <xref linkend="sql-analyze"> operations.
The target can be set in the range 0 to 10000; alternatively, set it
to -1 to revert to using the system default statistics
target (<xref linkend="guc-default-statistics-target">).
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
define attribute-level options are <literal>n_distinct</> and
<literal>n_distinct_inherited</>, which override the
number-of-distinct-values estimate made by subsequent
- <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
operations. <literal>n_distinct</> affects the statistics for the table
itself, while <literal>n_distinct_inherited</> affects the statistics
gathered for the table and its inheritance children. When set to a
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
This form adds a new constraint to a table using the same syntax as
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLE" endterm="SQL-CREATETABLE-TITLE">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLE">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
This form selects the default index for future
- <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER" endterm="sql-cluster-title">
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER">
operations. It does not actually re-cluster the table.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
This form removes the most recently used
- <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER" endterm="sql-cluster-title">
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER">
index specification from the table. This affects
future cluster operations that don't specify an index.
</para>
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<para>
This form changes one or more storage parameters for the table. See
<xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLE-storage-parameters"
- endterm="sql-createtable-storage-parameters-title">
+ endterm="SQL-CREATETABLE-storage-parameters-title">
for details on the available parameters. Note that the table contents
will not be modified immediately by this command; depending on the
parameter you might need to rewrite the table to get the desired effects.
- That can be done with <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER"
- endterm="sql-cluster-title"> or one of the forms of <command>ALTER
+ That can be done with <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER">
+ or one of the forms of <command>ALTER
TABLE</> that forces a table rewrite.
</para>
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ ALTER TABLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
Indexes on the table, if any, are not moved; but they can be moved
separately with additional <literal>SET TABLESPACE</literal> commands.
See also
- <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLESPACE" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLESPACE">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -774,8 +774,7 @@ ALTER TABLE table ALTER COLUMN anycol TYPE anytype;
</para>
<para>
- Refer to <xref linkend="sql-createtable"
- endterm="sql-createtable-title"> for a further description of valid
+ Refer to <xref linkend="sql-createtable"> for a further description of valid
parameters. <xref linkend="ddl"> has further information on
inheritance.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tablespace.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tablespace.sgml
index 758ee13aa69..d778992bae0 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tablespace.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tablespace.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tablespace.sgml,v 1.6 2010/01/05 21:53:58 rhaas Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tablespace.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTABLESPACE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERTABLESPACE-TITLE">ALTER TABLESPACE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TABLESPACE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ ALTER TABLESPACE index_space OWNER TO mary;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptablespace" endterm="sql-droptablespace-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptablespace"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_trigger.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_trigger.sgml
index 6406595c549..1e508d2401d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_trigger.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_trigger.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_trigger.sgml,v 1.12 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_trigger.sgml,v 1.13 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTRIGGER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-altertrigger-title">ALTER TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ ALTER TRIGGER <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> ON <replaceable
<para>
The ability to temporarily enable or disable a trigger is provided by
- <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERTABLE" endterm="SQL-ALTERTABLE-TITLE">, not by
+ <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERTABLE">, not by
<command>ALTER TRIGGER</>, because <command>ALTER TRIGGER</> has no
convenient way to express the option of enabling or disabling all of
a table's triggers at once.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ ALTER TRIGGER emp_stamp ON emp RENAME TO emp_track_chgs;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertable"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsconfig.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsconfig.sgml
index cf31eab5aca..7f70ca9e020 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsconfig.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsconfig.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsconfig.sgml,v 1.5 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsconfig.sgml,v 1.6 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTSCONFIG">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERTSCONFIG-TITLE">ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION my_config
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsconfig" endterm="sql-createtsconfig-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsconfig" endterm="sql-droptsconfig-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsconfig"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsconfig"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsdictionary.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsdictionary.sgml
index 7c55f5f993e..458e4c48f5e 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsdictionary.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsdictionary.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsdictionary.sgml,v 1.5 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsdictionary.sgml,v 1.6 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTSDICTIONARY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERTSDICTIONARY-TITLE">ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY my_dict ( dummy );
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsdictionary" endterm="sql-createtsdictionary-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsdictionary" endterm="sql-droptsdictionary-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsdictionary"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsdictionary"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsparser.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsparser.sgml
index a47e893c2e0..eed1b58e8a6 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsparser.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsparser.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsparser.sgml,v 1.3 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tsparser.sgml,v 1.4 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTSPARSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERTSPARSER-TITLE">ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER <replaceable>name</replaceable> RENAME TO <replaceable>
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsparser" endterm="sql-createtsparser-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsparser" endterm="sql-droptsparser-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsparser"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsparser"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tstemplate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tstemplate.sgml
index 16c76339fd3..cb4b97b0301 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tstemplate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tstemplate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tstemplate.sgml,v 1.3 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_tstemplate.sgml,v 1.4 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTSTEMPLATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERTSTEMPLATE-TITLE">ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE <replaceable>name</replaceable> RENAME TO <replaceabl
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtstemplate" endterm="sql-createtstemplate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptstemplate" endterm="sql-droptstemplate-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtstemplate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptstemplate"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_type.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_type.sgml
index 71c922a4e11..92e90a039be 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_type.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_type.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_type.sgml,v 1.7 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_type.sgml,v 1.8 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERTYPE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-altertype-title">ALTER TYPE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER TYPE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user.sgml
index 3d22e75050b..6046155be42 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user.sgml,v 1.47 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user.sgml,v 1.48 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERUSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alteruser-title">ALTER USER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER USER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ALTER USER <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> RESET ALL
<para>
<command>ALTER USER</command> is now an alias for
- <xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-alterrole">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ ALTER USER <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> RESET ALL
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user_mapping.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user_mapping.sgml
index c98ea7709fa..99e489e49c4 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user_mapping.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user_mapping.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user_mapping.sgml,v 1.4 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_user_mapping.sgml,v 1.5 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERUSERMAPPING">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-alterusermapping-title">ALTER USER MAPPING</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER USER MAPPING</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ ALTER USER MAPPING FOR bob SERVER foo OPTIONS (user 'bob', password 'public');
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping" endterm="sql-createusermapping-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropusermapping" endterm="sql-dropusermapping-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropusermapping"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_view.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_view.sgml
index da5a1ea3754..6f175c97b95 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_view.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_view.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_view.sgml,v 1.5 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_view.sgml,v 1.6 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ALTERVIEW">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ALTERVIEW-TITLE">ALTER VIEW</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ALTER VIEW</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ ALTER VIEW foo RENAME TO bar;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createview" endterm="sql-createview-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropview" endterm="sql-dropview-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createview"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropview"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml
index 7564ce1448e..1f2e4c1bad7 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml,v 1.28 2010/01/22 16:40:18 rhaas Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml,v 1.29 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ANALYZE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-analyze-title">ANALYZE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ANALYZE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ ( <re
just after making major changes in the contents of a table. Accurate
statistics will help the planner to choose the most appropriate query
plan, and thereby improve the speed of query processing. A common
- strategy is to run <xref linkend="sql-vacuum" endterm="sql-vacuum-title">
+ strategy is to run <xref linkend="sql-vacuum">
and <command>ANALYZE</command> once a day during a low-usage time of day.
</para>
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ ( <re
will change slightly each time <command>ANALYZE</command> is run,
even if the actual table contents did not change. This might result
in small changes in the planner's estimated costs shown by
- <xref linkend="sql-explain" endterm="sql-explain-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-explain">.
In rare situations, this non-determinism will cause the planner's
choices of query plans to change after <command>ANALYZE</command> is run.
To avoid this, raise the amount of statistics collected by
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ ( <re
<xref linkend="guc-default-statistics-target"> configuration variable, or
on a column-by-column basis by setting the per-column statistics
target with <command>ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... SET
- STATISTICS</command> (see <xref linkend="sql-altertable"
- endterm="sql-altertable-title">). The target value sets the
+ STATISTICS</command> (see <xref linkend="sql-altertable">).
+ The target value sets the
maximum number of entries in the most-common-value list and the
maximum number of bins in the histogram. The default target value
is 100, but this can be adjusted up or down to trade off accuracy of
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ ( <re
bad query plans, a more accurate value can be determined manually and then
installed with
<command>ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... SET (n_distinct = ...)</>
- (see <xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title">).
+ (see <xref linkend="sql-altertable">).
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -190,10 +190,10 @@ ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ ( <re
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-vacuum" endterm="sql-vacuum-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="app-vacuumdb" endterm="app-vacuumdb-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost" endterm="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="autovacuum" endterm="autovacuum-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-vacuum"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="app-vacuumdb"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="autovacuum"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/begin.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/begin.sgml
index 9b05454636f..67dd49cd1ba 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/begin.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/begin.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/begin.sgml,v 1.38 2009/09/18 05:00:41 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/begin.sgml,v 1.39 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-BEGIN">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-BEGIN-TITLE">BEGIN</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>BEGIN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</
<command>BEGIN</command> initiates a transaction block, that is,
all statements after a <command>BEGIN</command> command will be
executed in a single transaction until an explicit <xref
- linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"> or <xref
- linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"> is given.
+ linkend="sql-commit"> or <xref
+ linkend="sql-rollback"> is given.
By default (without <command>BEGIN</command>),
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> executes
transactions in <quote>autocommit</quote> mode, that is, each
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</
<para>
If the isolation level or read/write mode is specified, the new
transaction has those characteristics, as if
- <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction" endterm="sql-set-transaction-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction">
was executed.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -80,8 +80,7 @@ BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</
</variablelist>
<para>
- Refer to <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"
- endterm="sql-set-transaction-title"> for information on the meaning
+ Refer to <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"> for information on the meaning
of the other parameters to this statement.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -90,14 +89,13 @@ BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-start-transaction"
- endterm="sql-start-transaction-title"> has the same functionality
+ <xref linkend="sql-start-transaction"> has the same functionality
as <command>BEGIN</>.
</para>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-COMMIT" endterm="SQL-COMMIT-TITLE"> or
- <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK" endterm="SQL-ROLLBACK-TITLE">
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-COMMIT"> or
+ <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK">
to terminate a transaction block.
</para>
@@ -105,7 +103,7 @@ BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</
Issuing <command>BEGIN</> when already inside a transaction block will
provoke a warning message. The state of the transaction is not affected.
To nest transactions within a transaction block, use savepoints
- (see <xref linkend="sql-savepoint" endterm="sql-savepoint-title">).
+ (see <xref linkend="sql-savepoint">).
</para>
<para>
@@ -133,8 +131,7 @@ BEGIN;
<para>
<command>BEGIN</command> is a <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>
language extension. It is equivalent to the SQL-standard command
- <xref linkend="sql-start-transaction"
- endterm="sql-start-transaction-title">, whose reference page
+ <xref linkend="sql-start-transaction">, whose reference page
contains additional compatibility information.
</para>
@@ -149,10 +146,10 @@ BEGIN;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-start-transaction" endterm="sql-start-transaction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint" endterm="sql-savepoint-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-start-transaction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/checkpoint.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/checkpoint.sgml
index 31f1b0fe192..17252104498 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/checkpoint.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/checkpoint.sgml
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/checkpoint.sgml,v 1.17 2009/12/19 01:32:31 sriggs Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/checkpoint.sgml,v 1.18 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="sql-checkpoint">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-checkpoint-title">CHECKPOINT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CHECKPOINT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/close.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/close.sgml
index 59b1b1b3184..a36bbf8583b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/close.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/close.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/close.sgml,v 1.28 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/close.sgml,v 1.29 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CLOSE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-CLOSE-TITLE">CLOSE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CLOSE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ CLOSE { <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> | ALL }
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> does not have an explicit
<command>OPEN</command> cursor statement; a cursor is considered
open when it is declared. Use the
- <xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-declare">
statement to declare a cursor.
</para>
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ CLOSE liahona;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-move" endterm="sql-move-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-declare"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-fetch"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-move"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/cluster.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/cluster.sgml
index 4c690d9eda6..2f06251b292 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/cluster.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/cluster.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/cluster.sgml,v 1.48 2010/02/07 20:48:09 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/cluster.sgml,v 1.49 2010/04/03 07:22:57 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CLUSTER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-cluster-title">CLUSTER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CLUSTER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ CLUSTER [VERBOSE]
<para>
Because the planner records statistics about the ordering of
- tables, it is advisable to run <xref linkend="sql-analyze"
- endterm="sql-analyze-title"> on the newly clustered table.
+ tables, it is advisable to run <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
+ on the newly clustered table.
Otherwise, the planner might make poor choices of query plans.
</para>
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ CLUSTER <replaceable class="PARAMETER">index_name</replaceable> ON <replaceable
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="app-clusterdb" endterm="app-clusterdb-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="app-clusterdb"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml
index c805cddae69..f9b4c7a8c08 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml,v 1.27 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml,v 1.28 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-CLUSTERDB">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-CLUSTERDB-TITLE"><application>clusterdb</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>clusterdb</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<para>
<application>clusterdb</application> is a wrapper around the SQL
- command <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER" endterm="sql-cluster-title">.
+ command <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER">.
There is no effective difference between clustering databases via
this utility and via other methods for accessing the server.
</para>
@@ -263,8 +263,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>Diagnostics</title>
<para>
- In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER"
- endterm="sql-cluster-title"> and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
+ In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-CLUSTER">
+ and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
discussions of potential problems and error messages.
The database server must be running at the
targeted host. Also, any default connection settings and environment
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-cluster" endterm="sql-cluster-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-cluster"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml
index 730ad7cf82c..53c6b0fcbc9 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml,v 1.39 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml,v 1.40 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-COMMENT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-COMMENT-TITLE">COMMENT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>COMMENT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit.sgml
index 1d676ed739b..6cc7af5e07e 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit.sgml,v 1.21 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit.sgml,v 1.22 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-COMMIT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-COMMIT-TITLE">COMMIT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>COMMIT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ COMMIT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK" endterm="SQL-ROLLBACK-TITLE"> to
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK"> to
abort a transaction.
</para>
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ COMMIT;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit_prepared.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit_prepared.sgml
index 1406ed292a4..2c9b558d610 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit_prepared.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit_prepared.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit_prepared.sgml,v 1.4 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/commit_prepared.sgml,v 1.5 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-COMMIT-PREPARED">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-commit-prepared-title">COMMIT PREPARED</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>COMMIT PREPARED</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ COMMIT PREPARED 'foobar';
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction" endterm="sql-prepare-transaction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-prepared" endterm="sql-rollback-prepared-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-prepared"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml
index d630e6a2fa6..f29a2f093bf 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml,v 1.95 2010/02/23 21:38:35 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml,v 1.96 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-COPY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-copy-title">COPY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>COPY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ COPY { <replaceable class="parameter">table_name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable
<term><replaceable class="parameter">query</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>
- A <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> or
- <xref linkend="sql-values" endterm="sql-values-title"> command
+ A <xref linkend="sql-select"> or
+ <xref linkend="sql-values"> command
whose results are to be copied.
Note that parentheses are required around the query.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml
index 1d0599756c3..2eae2090cc6 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml,v 1.39 2008/11/14 10:22:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml,v 1.40 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEAGGREGATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createaggregate-title">CREATE AGGREGATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE AGGREGATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ SELECT col FROM tab ORDER BY col USING sortop LIMIT 1;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteraggregate" endterm="sql-alteraggregate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropaggregate" endterm="sql-dropaggregate-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteraggregate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropaggregate"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_cast.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_cast.sgml
index 16a7cef40f9..317cdb64f89 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_cast.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_cast.sgml
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_cast.sgml,v 1.32 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_cast.sgml,v 1.33 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATECAST">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-CREATECAST-TITLE">CREATE CAST</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE CAST</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ SELECT CAST ( 2 AS numeric ) + 4.0;
ambiguity that cannot be avoided as above. The parser has a fallback
heuristic based on <firstterm>type categories</> and <firstterm>preferred
types</> that can help to provide desired behavior in such cases. See
- <xref linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title"> for
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtype"> for
more information.
</para>
</note>
@@ -290,8 +290,7 @@ SELECT CAST ( 2 AS numeric ) + 4.0;
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="sql-dropcast"
- endterm="sql-dropcast-title"> to remove user-defined casts.
+ Use <xref linkend="sql-dropcast"> to remove user-defined casts.
</para>
<para>
@@ -401,9 +400,9 @@ CREATE CAST (bigint AS int4) WITH FUNCTION int4(bigint) AS ASSIGNMENT;
<title>See Also</title>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">,
- <xref linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title">,
- <xref linkend="sql-dropcast" endterm="sql-dropcast-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">,
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtype">,
+ <xref linkend="sql-dropcast">
</para>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_constraint.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_constraint.sgml
index 7da88318568..779f427c572 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_constraint.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_constraint.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_constraint.sgml,v 1.21 2009/11/20 20:38:09 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_constraint.sgml,v 1.22 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATECONSTRAINT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createconstraint-title">CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable>
<command>CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER</command> creates a
<firstterm>constraint trigger</>. This is the same as a regular trigger
except that the timing of the trigger firing can be adjusted using
- <xref linkend="SQL-SET-CONSTRAINTS" endterm="SQL-SET-CONSTRAINTS-TITLE">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-SET-CONSTRAINTS">.
Constraint triggers must be <literal>AFTER ROW</> triggers. They can
be fired either at the end of the statement causing the triggering event,
or at the end of the containing transaction; in the latter case they are
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
The default timing of the trigger.
- See the <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLE" endterm="SQL-CREATETABLE-TITLE">
+ See the <xref linkend="SQL-CREATETABLE">
documentation for details of these constraint options.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable>
<para>
A Boolean expression that determines whether the trigger function
will actually be executed. This acts the same as in <xref
- linkend="SQL-CREATETRIGGER" endterm="SQL-CREATETRIGGER-TITLE">.
+ linkend="SQL-CREATETRIGGER">.
Note in particular that evaluation of the <literal>WHEN</>
condition is not deferred, but occurs immediately after the row
update operation is performed. If the condition does not evaluate
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
The function to call when the trigger is fired. See <xref
- linkend="SQL-CREATETRIGGER" endterm="SQL-CREATETRIGGER-TITLE"> for
+ linkend="SQL-CREATETRIGGER"> for
details.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable>
<listitem>
<para>
Optional argument strings to pass to the trigger function. See <xref
- linkend="SQL-CREATETRIGGER" endterm="SQL-CREATETRIGGER-TITLE"> for
+ linkend="SQL-CREATETRIGGER"> for
details.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable>
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtrigger" endterm="sql-createtrigger-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptrigger" endterm="sql-droptrigger-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set-constraints" endterm="sql-set-constraints-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtrigger"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptrigger"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set-constraints"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_conversion.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_conversion.sgml
index 9a8cee7de19..108c6fb6aea 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_conversion.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_conversion.sgml
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_conversion.sgml,v 1.22 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_conversion.sgml,v 1.23 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATECONVERSION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-CREATECONVERSION-TITLE">CREATE CONVERSION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE CONVERSION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -162,9 +162,9 @@ CREATE CONVERSION myconv FOR 'UTF8' TO 'LATIN1' FROM myfunc;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterconversion" endterm="sql-alterconversion-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropconversion" endterm="sql-dropconversion-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterconversion"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropconversion"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml
index ff4c74e4732..c3e691a4ad3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml,v 1.53 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml,v 1.54 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEDATABASE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createdatabase-title">CREATE DATABASE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE DATABASE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ CREATE DATABASE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<para>
To create a database, you must be a superuser or have the special
<literal>CREATEDB</> privilege.
- See <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEUSER" endterm="SQL-CREATEUSER-title">.
+ See <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEUSER">.
</para>
<para>
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ CREATE DATABASE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
template database's tablespace. This
tablespace will be the default tablespace used for objects
created in this database. See
- <xref linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtablespace">
for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -185,11 +185,11 @@ CREATE DATABASE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
</para>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-DROPDATABASE" endterm="SQL-DROPDATABASE-title"> to remove a database.
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-DROPDATABASE"> to remove a database.
</para>
<para>
- The program <xref linkend="APP-CREATEDB" endterm="APP-CREATEDB-title"> is a
+ The program <xref linkend="APP-CREATEDB"> is a
wrapper program around this command, provided for convenience.
</para>
@@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ CREATE DATABASE music ENCODING 'LATIN1' TEMPLATE template0;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase" endterm="sql-alterdatabase-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase" endterm="sql-dropdatabase-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_domain.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_domain.sgml
index aae7a3539c3..637326b58bb 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_domain.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_domain.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_domain.sgml,v 1.33 2009/09/18 05:00:41 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_domain.sgml,v 1.34 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEDOMAIN">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createdomain-title">CREATE DOMAIN</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE DOMAIN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -201,8 +201,8 @@ CREATE TABLE us_snail_addy (
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdomain" endterm="sql-alterdomain-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdomain" endterm="sql-dropdomain-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdomain"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdomain"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
index b9ceb7ecc17..4880588b15e 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml,v 1.6 2009/12/23 12:23:58 heikki Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEFOREIGNDATAWRAPPER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createforeigndatawrapper-title">CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER mywrapper
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-alterforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-dropforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver" endterm="sql-createserver-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping" endterm="sql-createusermapping-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterforeigndatawrapper"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropforeigndatawrapper"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml
index 8e3741fa31c..06df45ab967 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml,v 1.93 2010/03/03 03:23:12 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml,v 1.94 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEFUNCTION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-CREATEFUNCTION-TITLE">CREATE FUNCTION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE FUNCTION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] FUNCTION
</para>
<para>
- See <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> and
+ See <xref linkend="sql-set"> and
<xref linkend="runtime-config">
for more information about allowed parameter names and values.
</para>
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql
<para>
Another point to keep in mind is that by default, execute privilege
is granted to <literal>PUBLIC</> for newly created functions
- (see <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> for more
+ (see <xref linkend="sql-grant"> for more
information). Frequently you will wish to restrict use of a security
definer function to only some users. To do that, you must revoke
the default <literal>PUBLIC</> privileges and then grant execute
@@ -752,12 +752,12 @@ COMMIT;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterfunction" endterm="sql-alterfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropfunction" endterm="sql-dropfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-load" endterm="sql-load-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="app-createlang" endterm="app-createlang-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-grant"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-load"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="app-createlang"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_group.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_group.sgml
index 80ba1f49af3..996bc15042e 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_group.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_group.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_group.sgml,v 1.21 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_group.sgml,v 1.22 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEGROUP">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-creategroup-title">CREATE GROUP</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE GROUP</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ CREATE GROUP <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <repla
<para>
<command>CREATE GROUP</command> is now an alias for
- <xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createrole">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ CREATE GROUP <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <repla
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml
index ec1807a370b..5b68cae10f2 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml,v 1.73 2010/03/17 15:55:50 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml,v 1.74 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEINDEX">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createindex-title">CREATE INDEX</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE INDEX</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Indexes:
</para>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="sql-dropindex" endterm="sql-dropindex-title">
+ Use <xref linkend="sql-dropindex">
to remove an index.
</para>
@@ -588,8 +588,8 @@ CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY sales_quantity_index ON sales_table (quantity);
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterindex" endterm="sql-alterindex-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropindex" endterm="sql-dropindex-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterindex"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropindex"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_language.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_language.sgml
index 3f52578634e..679f8d50b15 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_language.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_language.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_language.sgml,v 1.49 2010/02/23 22:51:42 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_language.sgml,v 1.50 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATELANGUAGE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createlanguage-title">CREATE LANGUAGE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE LANGUAGE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TRUSTED ] [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE <replaceable class="pa
<replaceable class="parameter">inline_handler</replaceable> is the
name of a previously registered function that will be called
to execute an anonymous code block
- (<xref linkend="sql-do" endterm="sql-do-title"> command)
+ (<xref linkend="sql-do"> command)
in this language.
If no <replaceable class="parameter">inline_handler</replaceable>
function is specified, the language does not support anonymous code
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TRUSTED ] [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE <replaceable class="pa
</para>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="sql-droplanguage" endterm="sql-droplanguage-title">, or better yet the <xref
+ Use <xref linkend="sql-droplanguage">, or better yet the <xref
linkend="app-droplang"> program, to drop procedural languages.
</para>
@@ -312,13 +312,13 @@ CREATE LANGUAGE plsample
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterlanguage" endterm="sql-alterlanguage-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droplanguage" endterm="sql-droplanguage-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="app-createlang" endterm="app-createlang-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="app-droplang" endterm="app-droplang-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterlanguage"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droplanguage"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-grant"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="app-createlang"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="app-droplang"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opclass.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opclass.sgml
index 44e1f1f21fd..500a16b6588 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opclass.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opclass.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opclass.sgml,v 1.24 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opclass.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEOPCLASS">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createopclass-title">CREATE OPERATOR CLASS</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE OPERATOR CLASS</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -297,10 +297,10 @@ CREATE OPERATOR CLASS gist__int_ops
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass" endterm="sql-alteropclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass" endterm="sql-dropopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopfamily" endterm="sql-createopfamily-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily" endterm="sql-alteropfamily-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopfamily"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml
index 7c0b545e894..a5595e6e69c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml,v 1.51 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml,v 1.52 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEOPERATOR">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createoperator-title">CREATE OPERATOR</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE OPERATOR</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -231,10 +231,8 @@ COMMUTATOR = OPERATOR(myschema.===) ,
</para>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="sql-dropoperator"
- endterm="sql-dropoperator-title"> to delete user-defined operators
- from a database. Use <xref linkend="sql-alteroperator"
- endterm="sql-alteroperator-title"> to modify operators in a
+ Use <xref linkend="sql-dropoperator"> to delete user-defined operators
+ from a database. Use <xref linkend="sql-alteroperator"> to modify operators in a
database.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -274,9 +272,9 @@ CREATE OPERATOR === (
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteroperator" endterm="sql-alteroperator-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass" endterm="sql-createopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropoperator" endterm="sql-dropoperator-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteroperator"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropoperator"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opfamily.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opfamily.sgml
index 958de632bb3..4b1a3ee2a72 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opfamily.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opfamily.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opfamily.sgml,v 1.4 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_opfamily.sgml,v 1.5 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEOPFAMILY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createopfamily-title">CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> USING <
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily" endterm="sql-alteropfamily-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopfamily" endterm="sql-dropopfamily-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass" endterm="sql-createopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass" endterm="sql-alteropclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass" endterm="sql-dropopclass-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopfamily"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml
index 60e7d7c862d..a1c7ad61c21 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml,v 1.13 2009/09/19 10:23:26 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml,v 1.14 2010/04/03 07:22:58 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEROLE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createrole-title">CREATE ROLE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE ROLE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -307,9 +307,9 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <replac
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERROLE" endterm="SQL-ALTERROLE-title"> to
- change the attributes of a role, and <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE"
- endterm="SQL-DROPROLE-title"> to remove a role. All the attributes
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-ALTERROLE"> to
+ change the attributes of a role, and <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE">
+ to remove a role. All the attributes
specified by <command>CREATE ROLE</> can be modified by later
<command>ALTER ROLE</> commands.
</para>
@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <replac
<para>
The preferred way to add and remove members of roles that are being
used as groups is to use
- <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT" endterm="SQL-GRANT-title"> and
- <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE" endterm="SQL-REVOKE-title">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-GRANT"> and
+ <xref linkend="SQL-REVOKE">.
</para>
<para>
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <replac
a member of a role with <literal>CREATEDB</> privilege does not immediately
grant the ability to create databases, even if <literal>INHERIT</> is set;
it would be necessary to become that role via
- <xref linkend="SQL-SET-ROLE" endterm="SQL-SET-ROLE-title"> before
+ <xref linkend="SQL-SET-ROLE"> before
creating a database.
</para>
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <replac
<para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> includes a program <xref
- linkend="APP-CREATEUSER" endterm="APP-CREATEUSER-title"> that has
+ linkend="APP-CREATEUSER"> that has
the same functionality as <command>CREATE ROLE</command> (in fact,
it calls this command) but can be run from the command shell.
</para>
@@ -380,9 +380,9 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <replac
with this command. The password will be transmitted to the server
in cleartext, and it might also be logged in the client's command
history or the server log. The command <xref
- linkend="APP-CREATEUSER" endterm="APP-CREATEUSER-title">, however, transmits
- the password encrypted. Also, <xref linkend="app-psql"
- endterm="app-psql-title"> contains a command
+ linkend="APP-CREATEUSER">, however, transmits
+ the password encrypted. Also, <xref linkend="app-psql">
+ contains a command
<command>\password</command> that can be used to safely change the
password later.
</para>
@@ -459,11 +459,11 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</> [ WITH ADMIN <replaceable cla
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set-role"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-grant"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke"></member>
<member><xref linkend="app-createuser"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_rule.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_rule.sgml
index 15eee45e4e5..afe5f82e1c6 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_rule.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_rule.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_rule.sgml,v 1.53 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_rule.sgml,v 1.54 2010/04/03 07:22:59 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATERULE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createrule-title">CREATE RULE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE RULE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_schema.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_schema.sgml
index b92fa0f93f4..0df736877f7 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_schema.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_schema.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_schema.sgml,v 1.21 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_schema.sgml,v 1.22 2010/04/03 07:22:59 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATESCHEMA">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createschema-title">CREATE SCHEMA</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE SCHEMA</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ CREATE VIEW hollywood.winners AS
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterschema" endterm="sql-alterschema-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropschema" endterm="sql-dropschema-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterschema"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropschema"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_sequence.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_sequence.sgml
index 20b0c008721..318718e1a89 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_sequence.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_sequence.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_sequence.sgml,v 1.49 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_sequence.sgml,v 1.50 2010/04/03 07:22:59 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATESEQUENCE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createsequence-title">CREATE SEQUENCE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE SEQUENCE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -356,8 +356,8 @@ END;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altersequence" endterm="sql-altersequence-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropsequence" endterm="sql-dropsequence-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altersequence"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropsequence"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_server.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_server.sgml
index 06c20ea87fc..319f1f6fe26 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_server.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_server.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_server.sgml,v 1.6 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_server.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/03 07:22:59 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATESERVER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createserver-title">CREATE SERVER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE SERVER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ CREATE SERVER myserver FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER pgsql OPTIONS (host 'foo', dbname 'f
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterserver" endterm="sql-alterserver-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropserver" endterm="sql-dropserver-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-createforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping" endterm="sql-createusermapping-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterserver"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropserver"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml
index d905f081afd..a730e3b9306 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml,v 1.124 2010/04/01 00:18:21 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml,v 1.125 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETABLE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtable-title">CREATE TABLE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TABLE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable class="PAR
Each <replaceable class="parameter">exclude_element</replaceable>
can optionally specify an operator class and/or ordering options;
these are described fully under
- <xref linkend="sql-createindex" endterm="sql-createindex-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createindex">.
</para>
<para>
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable class="PAR
constraint that is not deferrable will be checked immediately
after every command. Checking of constraints that are
deferrable can be postponed until the end of the transaction
- (using the <xref linkend="sql-set-constraints" endterm="sql-set-constraints-title"> command).
+ (using the <xref linkend="sql-set-constraints"> command).
<literal>NOT DEFERRABLE</literal> is the default.
Currently, only <literal>UNIQUE</>, <literal>PRIMARY KEY</>,
<literal>EXCLUDE</>, and
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable class="PAR
statement. This is the default. If the constraint is
<literal>INITIALLY DEFERRED</literal>, it is checked only at the
end of the transaction. The constraint check time can be
- altered with the <xref linkend="sql-set-constraints" endterm="sql-set-constraints-title"> command.
+ altered with the <xref linkend="sql-set-constraints"> command.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable class="PAR
<para>
To remove OIDs from a table after it has been created, use <xref
- linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title">.
+ linkend="sql-altertable">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable class="PAR
<para>
All rows in the temporary table will be deleted at the end
of each transaction block. Essentially, an automatic <xref
- linkend="sql-truncate" endterm="sql-truncate-title"> is done
+ linkend="sql-truncate"> is done
at each commit.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -794,8 +794,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable class="PAR
for tables, and for indexes associated with a <literal>UNIQUE</literal>,
<literal>PRIMARY KEY</literal>, or <literal>EXCLUDE</> constraint.
Storage parameters for
- indexes are documented in <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEINDEX"
- endterm="sql-createindex-title">. The storage parameters currently
+ indexes are documented in <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEINDEX">. The storage parameters currently
available for tables are listed below. For each parameter, unless noted,
there is an additional, identically named parameter, prefixed with
<literal>toast.</literal> which can be used to control the behavior of the
@@ -978,7 +977,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable class="PAR
index for each unique constraint and primary key constraint to
enforce uniqueness. Thus, it is not necessary to create an
index explicitly for primary key columns. (See <xref
- linkend="sql-createindex" endterm="sql-createindex-title"> for more information.)
+ linkend="sql-createindex"> for more information.)
</para>
<para>
@@ -1380,10 +1379,10 @@ CREATE TABLE employees OF employee_type (
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptable" endterm="sql-droptable-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertable"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptable"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtype"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table_as.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table_as.sgml
index b31a25704f8..1b597225865 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table_as.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table_as.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table_as.sgml,v 1.40 2008/11/20 14:04:45 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table_as.sgml,v 1.41 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETABLEAS">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtableas-title">CREATE TABLE AS</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TABLE AS</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable>table_name
<listitem>
<para>
Ignored for compatibility. Refer to <xref
- linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title"> for
+ linkend="sql-createtable"> for
details.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable>table_name
<listitem>
<para>
If specified, the table is created as a temporary table.
- Refer to <xref linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title"> for details.
+ Refer to <xref linkend="sql-createtable"> for details.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -115,8 +115,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable>table_name
to specify that rows of the new table
should have OIDs (object identifiers) assigned to them, or
<literal>OIDS=FALSE</> to specify that the rows should not have OIDs.
- See <xref linkend="sql-createtable"
- endterm="sql-createtable-title"> for more information.
+ See <xref linkend="sql-createtable"> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -159,7 +158,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable>table_name
<para>
All rows in the temporary table will be deleted at the end
of each transaction block. Essentially, an automatic <xref
- linkend="sql-truncate" endterm="sql-truncate-title"> is done
+ linkend="sql-truncate"> is done
at each commit.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -197,10 +196,10 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable>table_name
<listitem>
<para>
A <xref linkend="sql-select"
- endterm="sql-select-title">, <link linkend="sql-table">TABLE</link>,
+ >, <link linkend="sql-table">TABLE</link>,
or
- <xref linkend="sql-values" endterm="sql-values-title"> command,
- or an <xref linkend="sql-execute" endterm="sql-execute-title"> command
+ <xref linkend="sql-values"> command,
+ or an <xref linkend="sql-execute"> command
that runs a prepared <command>SELECT</>, <command>TABLE</>, or <command>VALUES</> query.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -225,7 +224,7 @@ CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE <replaceable>table_name
<para>
This command is functionally similar to <xref
- linkend="sql-selectinto" endterm="sql-selectinto-title">, but it is
+ linkend="sql-selectinto">, but it is
preferred since it is less likely to be confused with other uses of
the <command>SELECT INTO</> syntax. Furthermore, <command>CREATE
TABLE AS</command> offers a superset of the functionality offered
@@ -313,7 +312,7 @@ CREATE TEMP TABLE films_recent WITH (OIDS) ON COMMIT DROP AS
<para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</> handles temporary tables in a way
rather different from the standard; see
- <xref linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtable">
for details.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -340,11 +339,11 @@ CREATE TEMP TABLE films_recent WITH (OIDS) ON COMMIT DROP AS
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-execute" endterm="sql-execute-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-selectinto" endterm="sql-selectinto-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-values" endterm="sql-values-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtable"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-execute"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-select"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-selectinto"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-values"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tablespace.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tablespace.sgml
index 4e1ae9571c3..8b212361fb8 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tablespace.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tablespace.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tablespace.sgml,v 1.10 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tablespace.sgml,v 1.11 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETABLESPACE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtablespace-title">CREATE TABLESPACE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TABLESPACE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ CREATE TABLESPACE indexspace OWNER genevieve LOCATION '/data/indexes';
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase" endterm="sql-createdatabase-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createindex" endterm="sql-createindex-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptablespace" endterm="sql-droptablespace-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertablespace" endterm="sql-altertablespace-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtable"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createindex"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptablespace"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertablespace"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_trigger.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_trigger.sgml
index 78f5977999b..6ec2766fa49 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_trigger.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_trigger.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_trigger.sgml,v 1.52 2009/11/20 20:38:09 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_trigger.sgml,v 1.53 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETRIGGER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-CREATETRIGGER-TITLE">CREATE TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -233,8 +233,7 @@ UPDATE OF <replaceable>column_name1</replaceable> [, <replaceable>column_name2</
</para>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="sql-droptrigger"
- endterm="sql-droptrigger-title"> to remove a trigger.
+ Use <xref linkend="sql-droptrigger"> to remove a trigger.
</para>
<para>
@@ -406,9 +405,9 @@ CREATE TRIGGER log_update
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertrigger" endterm="sql-altertrigger-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptrigger" endterm="sql-droptrigger-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertrigger"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptrigger"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsconfig.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsconfig.sgml
index b8c2b723be9..64d6eedc990 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsconfig.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsconfig.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsconfig.sgml,v 1.3 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsconfig.sgml,v 1.4 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETSCONFIG">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtsconfig-title">CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceabl
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsconfig" endterm="sql-altertsconfig-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsconfig" endterm="sql-droptsconfig-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsconfig"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsconfig"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsdictionary.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsdictionary.sgml
index a75904debf6..5da02490ddb 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsdictionary.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsdictionary.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsdictionary.sgml,v 1.3 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsdictionary.sgml,v 1.4 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETSDICTIONARY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtsdictionary-title">CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY my_russian (
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsdictionary" endterm="sql-altertsdictionary-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsdictionary" endterm="sql-droptsdictionary-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsdictionary"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsdictionary"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsparser.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsparser.sgml
index 46a1919e7d0..c04b636993f 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsparser.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsparser.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsparser.sgml,v 1.2 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tsparser.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETSPARSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtsparser-title">CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> (
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsparser" endterm="sql-altertsparser-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsparser" endterm="sql-droptsparser-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsparser"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptsparser"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tstemplate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tstemplate.sgml
index 281e25468e4..84b61c8a874 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tstemplate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tstemplate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tstemplate.sgml,v 1.2 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_tstemplate.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETSTEMPLATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtstemplate-title">CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> (
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertstemplate" endterm="sql-altertstemplate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptstemplate" endterm="sql-droptstemplate-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertstemplate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptstemplate"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_type.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_type.sgml
index c2a77ac88d3..319410e31cb 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_type.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_type.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_type.sgml,v 1.81 2010/03/21 02:24:29 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_type.sgml,v 1.82 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATETYPE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createtype-title">CREATE TYPE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE TYPE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -779,10 +779,10 @@ CREATE TABLE big_objs (
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droptype" endterm="sql-droptype-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertype" endterm="sql-altertype-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createdomain" endterm="sql-createdomain-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droptype"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertype"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createdomain"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user.sgml
index 5b155823ff8..a54ece612b0 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user.sgml,v 1.43 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user.sgml,v 1.44 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEUSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createuser-title">CREATE USER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE USER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CREATE USER <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <replac
<para>
<command>CREATE USER</command> is now an alias for
- <xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createrole">.
The only difference is that when the command is spelled
<command>CREATE USER</command>, <literal>LOGIN</> is assumed
by default, whereas <literal>NOLOGIN</> is assumed when
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ CREATE USER <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ [ WITH ] <replac
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user_mapping.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user_mapping.sgml
index f1113907f4d..471a19f1c58 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user_mapping.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user_mapping.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user_mapping.sgml,v 1.7 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_user_mapping.sgml,v 1.8 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEUSERMAPPING">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-createusermapping-title">CREATE USER MAPPING</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE USER MAPPING</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -111,10 +111,10 @@ CREATE USER MAPPING FOR bob SERVER foo OPTIONS (user 'bob', password 'secret');
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterusermapping" endterm="sql-alterusermapping-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropusermapping" endterm="sql-dropusermapping-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-createforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver" endterm="sql-createserver-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterusermapping"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropusermapping"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_view.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_view.sgml
index f65e06c84c9..d80daa9807b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_view.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_view.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_view.sgml,v 1.42 2009/10/02 18:13:04 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_view.sgml,v 1.43 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-CREATEVIEW">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-CREATEVIEW-TITLE">CREATE VIEW</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>CREATE VIEW</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TEMP | TEMPORARY ] VIEW <replaceable class="PARAMETER">n
<term><replaceable class="parameter">query</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>
- A <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> or
- <xref linkend="sql-values" endterm="sql-values-title"> command
+ A <xref linkend="sql-select"> or
+ <xref linkend="sql-values"> command
which will provide the columns and rows of the view.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TEMP | TEMPORARY ] VIEW <replaceable class="PARAMETER">n
update, or delete on a view. You can get the effect of an updatable
view by creating rules that rewrite inserts, etc. on the view into
appropriate actions on other tables. For more information see
- <xref linkend="sql-createrule" endterm="sql-createrule-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createrule">.
</para>
<para>
- Use the <xref linkend="sql-dropview" endterm="sql-dropview-title">
+ Use the <xref linkend="sql-dropview">
statement to drop views.
</para>
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ CREATE VIEW <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable c
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterview" endterm="sql-alterview-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropview" endterm="sql-dropview-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterview"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropview"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml
index 1e7ecf4de85..3f4ee6487ad 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml,v 1.51 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml,v 1.52 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-CREATEDB">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-CREATEDB-TITLE"><application>createdb</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>createdb</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -48,8 +48,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<para>
<application>createdb</application> is a wrapper around the
- <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDATABASE"
- endterm="SQL-CREATEDATABASE-title">.
+ <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDATABASE">.
There is no effective difference between creating databases via
this utility and via other methods for accessing the server.
</para>
@@ -197,8 +196,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
The options <option>-D</option>, <option>-l</option>, <option>-E</option>,
<option>-O</option>, and
<option>-T</option> correspond to options of the underlying
- SQL command <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDATABASE"
- endterm="SQL-CREATEDATABASE-title">; see there for more information
+ SQL command <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDATABASE">; see there for more information
about them.
</para>
@@ -323,8 +321,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>Diagnostics</title>
<para>
- In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDATABASE"
- endterm="sql-createdatabase-title"> and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
+ In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEDATABASE">
+ and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
discussions of potential problems and error messages.
The database server must be running at the
targeted host. Also, any default connection settings and environment
@@ -364,7 +362,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<simplelist type="inline">
<member><xref linkend="app-dropdb"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase" endterm="sql-createdatabase-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createlang.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createlang.sgml
index 30bd5286809..eef50e2e465 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createlang.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createlang.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/createlang.sgml,v 1.45 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/createlang.sgml,v 1.46 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-CREATELANG">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-CREATELANG-TITLE"><application>createlang</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>createlang</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<application>createlang</application> is a utility for adding a new
programming language to a <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> database.
<application>createlang</application> is just a wrapper around the
- <xref linkend="sql-createlanguage" endterm="sql-createlanguage-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createlanguage">
command.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<simplelist type="inline">
<member><xref linkend="app-droplang"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage" endterm="sql-createlanguage-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createuser.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createuser.sgml
index 41e0bafd88b..043b490f5d3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createuser.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createuser.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/createuser.sgml,v 1.55 2010/03/22 14:56:09 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/createuser.sgml,v 1.56 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-CREATEUSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-CREATEUSER-TITLE"><application>createuser</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>createuser</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<para>
<application>createuser</application> is a wrapper around the
- <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE"
- endterm="SQL-CREATEROLE-title">.
+ <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE">.
There is no effective difference between creating users via
this utility and via other methods for accessing the server.
</para>
@@ -384,8 +383,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>Diagnostics</title>
<para>
- In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE"
- endterm="sql-createrole-title"> and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
+ In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-CREATEROLE">
+ and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
discussions of potential problems and error messages.
The database server must be running at the
targeted host. Also, any default connection settings and environment
@@ -445,7 +444,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<simplelist type="inline">
<member><xref linkend="app-dropuser"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/deallocate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/deallocate.sgml
index e981eb0efca..f6b46d936f8 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/deallocate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/deallocate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/deallocate.sgml,v 1.11 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/deallocate.sgml,v 1.12 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DEALLOCATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-deallocate-title">DEALLOCATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DEALLOCATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ DEALLOCATE [ PREPARE ] { <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> | ALL
<para>
For more information on prepared statements, see <xref
- linkend="sql-prepare" endterm="sql-prepare-title">.
+ linkend="sql-prepare">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ DEALLOCATE [ PREPARE ] { <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> | ALL
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-execute" endterm="sql-execute-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare" endterm="sql-prepare-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-execute"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/declare.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/declare.sgml
index e93b4cf594d..8ad39280eed 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/declare.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/declare.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/declare.sgml,v 1.47 2009/06/10 19:21:37 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/declare.sgml,v 1.48 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DECLARE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DECLARE-TITLE">DECLARE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DECLARE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DECLARE <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITI
can be used to retrieve
a small number of rows at a time out of a larger query.
After the cursor is created, rows are fetched from it using
- <xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-fetch">.
</para>
<note>
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ DECLARE <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITI
<term><replaceable class="parameter">query</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>
- A <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> or
- <xref linkend="sql-values" endterm="sql-values-title"> command
+ A <xref linkend="sql-select"> or
+ <xref linkend="sql-values"> command
which will provide the rows to be returned by the cursor.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ DECLARE <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITI
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> reports an error if such a
command is used outside a transaction block.
Use
- <xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title">
- (or <xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title">)
+ <xref linkend="sql-begin"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-commit">
+ (or <xref linkend="sql-rollback">)
to define a transaction block.
</para>
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ DECLARE <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITI
If the cursor's query includes <literal>FOR UPDATE</> or <literal>FOR
SHARE</>, then returned rows are locked at the time they are first
fetched, in the same way as for a regular
- <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> command with
+ <xref linkend="sql-select"> command with
these options.
In addition, the returned rows will be the most up-to-date versions;
therefore these options provide the equivalent of what the SQL standard
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ DECLARE <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITI
<programlisting>
DECLARE liahona CURSOR FOR SELECT * FROM films;
</programlisting>
- See <xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title"> for more
+ See <xref linkend="sql-fetch"> for more
examples of cursor usage.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -343,9 +343,9 @@ DECLARE liahona CURSOR FOR SELECT * FROM films;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-close" endterm="sql-close-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-move" endterm="sql-move-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-close"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-fetch"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-move"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/delete.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/delete.sgml
index 6b175b943bb..84bf6bd23f9 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/delete.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/delete.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/delete.sgml,v 1.36 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/delete.sgml,v 1.37 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DELETE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DELETE-TITLE">DELETE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DELETE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ DELETE FROM [ ONLY ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ [ AS ]
<tip>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-truncate" endterm="sql-truncate-title"> is a
+ <xref linkend="sql-truncate"> is a
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> extension that provides a
faster mechanism to remove all rows from a table.
</para>
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ DELETE FROM [ ONLY ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ [ AS ]
query on the <command>DELETE</>'s target table.
Note that <literal>WHERE CURRENT OF</> cannot be
specified together with a Boolean condition. See
- <xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-declare">
for more information about using cursors with
<literal>WHERE CURRENT OF</>.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/discard.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/discard.sgml
index 695cc78902b..d3436a303b3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/discard.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/discard.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/discard.sgml,v 1.5 2008/11/27 00:28:06 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/discard.sgml,v 1.6 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DISCARD">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DISCARD-TITLE">DISCARD</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DISCARD</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/do.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/do.sgml
index 05678c4e8e7..8b77d13a81c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/do.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/do.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/do.sgml,v 1.5 2010/02/16 00:49:42 itagaki Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/do.sgml,v 1.6 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DO">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-do-title">DO</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DO</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ END$$;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage" endterm="sql-createlanguage-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_aggregate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_aggregate.sgml
index cefa3cec8b2..406050e142d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_aggregate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_aggregate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_aggregate.sgml,v 1.32 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_aggregate.sgml,v 1.33 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPAGGREGATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPAGGREGATE-TITLE">DROP AGGREGATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP AGGREGATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ DROP AGGREGATE myavg(integer);
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteraggregate" endterm="sql-alteraggregate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createaggregate" endterm="sql-createaggregate-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteraggregate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createaggregate"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_cast.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_cast.sgml
index cc99fe850c7..fde6dc3b034 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_cast.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_cast.sgml
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_cast.sgml,v 1.10 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_cast.sgml,v 1.11 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPCAST">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPCAST-TITLE">DROP CAST</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP CAST</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ DROP CAST (text AS int);
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createcast" endterm="sql-createcast-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createcast"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_conversion.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_conversion.sgml
index aa8adfeeed1..b80de52f0ac 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_conversion.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_conversion.sgml
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_conversion.sgml,v 1.12 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_conversion.sgml,v 1.13 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPCONVERSION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPCONVERSION-TITLE">DROP CONVERSION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP CONVERSION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ DROP CONVERSION myname;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterconversion" endterm="sql-alterconversion-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createconversion" endterm="sql-createconversion-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterconversion"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createconversion"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_database.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_database.sgml
index 350f5c026ce..2deb6996cc3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_database.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_database.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_database.sgml,v 1.24 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_database.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPDATABASE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPDATABASE-TITLE">DROP DATABASE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP DATABASE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ DROP DATABASE [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<para>
This command cannot be executed while connected to the target
database. Thus, it might be more convenient to use the program
- <xref linkend="app-dropdb" endterm="app-dropdb-title"> instead,
+ <xref linkend="app-dropdb"> instead,
which is a wrapper around this command.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ DROP DATABASE [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable>
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase" endterm="sql-createdatabase-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createdatabase"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_domain.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_domain.sgml
index a03dc151120..b8e5189bbab 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_domain.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_domain.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_domain.sgml,v 1.19 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_domain.sgml,v 1.20 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPDOMAIN">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPDOMAIN-TITLE">DROP DOMAIN</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP DOMAIN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ DROP DOMAIN box;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createdomain" endterm="sql-createdomain-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdomain" endterm="sql-alterdomain-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createdomain"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdomain"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
index 77da6d39625..f3e8334316b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml,v 1.2 2009/06/19 15:28:25 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_foreign_data_wrapper.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPFOREIGNDATAWRAPPER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-dropforeigndatawrapper-title">DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dbi;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-createforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterforeigndatawrapper" endterm="sql-alterforeigndatawrapper-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createforeigndatawrapper"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterforeigndatawrapper"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_function.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_function.sgml
index b68858a2a1b..78fe3f7d782 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_function.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_function.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_function.sgml,v 1.35 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_function.sgml,v 1.36 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPFUNCTION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPFUNCTION-TITLE">DROP FUNCTION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP FUNCTION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ DROP FUNCTION sqrt(integer);
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterfunction" endterm="sql-alterfunction-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createfunction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterfunction"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_group.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_group.sgml
index e660eea9817..8899a942970 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_group.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_group.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_group.sgml,v 1.15 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_group.sgml,v 1.16 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPGROUP">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPGROUP-TITLE">DROP GROUP</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP GROUP</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ DROP GROUP [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ..
<para>
<command>DROP GROUP</command> is now an alias for
- <xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-droprole">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ DROP GROUP [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ..
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml
index e7b9787793f..3e831d3c9ba 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml,v 1.24 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPINDEX">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPINDEX-TITLE">DROP INDEX</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP INDEX</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ DROP INDEX title_idx;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createindex" endterm="sql-createindex-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createindex"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_language.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_language.sgml
index 8b5cd4a4772..5564e00972a 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_language.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_language.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_language.sgml,v 1.27 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_language.sgml,v 1.28 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPLANGUAGE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPLANGUAGE-TITLE">DROP LANGUAGE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP LANGUAGE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ DROP LANGUAGE plsample;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterlanguage" endterm="sql-alterlanguage-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage" endterm="sql-createlanguage-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterlanguage"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createlanguage"></member>
<member><xref linkend="app-droplang"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opclass.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opclass.sgml
index efceb7c5cc1..f1c89cd698a 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opclass.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opclass.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opclass.sgml,v 1.13 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opclass.sgml,v 1.14 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPOPCLASS">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPOPCLASS-TITLE">DROP OPERATOR CLASS</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP OPERATOR CLASS</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ DROP OPERATOR CLASS widget_ops USING btree;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass" endterm="sql-alteropclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass" endterm="sql-createopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopfamily" endterm="sql-dropopfamily-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopfamily"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_operator.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_operator.sgml
index 8007d8820d8..0b82cf442b3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_operator.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_operator.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_operator.sgml,v 1.29 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_operator.sgml,v 1.30 2010/04/03 07:23:00 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPOPERATOR">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPOPERATOR-TITLE">DROP OPERATOR</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP OPERATOR</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ DROP OPERATOR ! (bigint, none);
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createoperator" endterm="sql-createoperator-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteroperator" endterm="sql-alteroperator-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createoperator"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteroperator"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opfamily.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opfamily.sgml
index 4ba7a9773c9..5f377b2af2c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opfamily.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opfamily.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opfamily.sgml,v 1.2 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_opfamily.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPOPFAMILY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPOPFAMILY-TITLE">DROP OPERATOR FAMILY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP OPERATOR FAMILY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ DROP OPERATOR FAMILY float_ops USING btree;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily" endterm="sql-alteropfamily-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopfamily" endterm="sql-createopfamily-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass" endterm="sql-alteropclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass" endterm="sql-createopclass-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass" endterm="sql-dropopclass-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropfamily"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopfamily"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alteropclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createopclass"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropopclass"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_owned.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_owned.sgml
index ced8876b0fc..4d7355925a8 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_owned.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_owned.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_owned.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/02 17:29:22 sriggs Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_owned.sgml,v 1.8 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROP-OWNED">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROP-OWNED-TITLE">DROP OWNED</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP OWNED</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -87,8 +87,7 @@ DROP OWNED BY <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ...] [ CASCAD
</para>
<para>
- The <xref linkend="sql-reassign-owned"
- endterm="sql-reassign-owned-title"> command is an alternative that
+ The <xref linkend="sql-reassign-owned"> command is an alternative that
reassigns the ownership of all the database objects owned by one or
more roles.
</para>
@@ -111,8 +110,8 @@ DROP OWNED BY <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ...] [ CASCAD
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-reassign-owned" endterm="sql-reassign-owned-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-reassign-owned"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_role.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_role.sgml
index d7a5692a732..ffe37b317ef 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_role.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_role.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_role.sgml,v 1.6 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_role.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPROLE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPROLE-TITLE">DROP ROLE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP ROLE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ DROP ROLE [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ...
of the cluster; an error will be raised if so. Before dropping the role,
you must drop all the objects it owns (or reassign their ownership)
and revoke any privileges the role has been granted. The <xref
- linkend="sql-reassign-owned" endterm="sql-reassign-owned-title">
- and <xref linkend="sql-drop-owned" endterm="sql-drop-owned-title">
+ linkend="sql-reassign-owned">
+ and <xref linkend="sql-drop-owned">
commands can be useful for this purpose.
</para>
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ DROP ROLE [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ...
<para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> includes a program <xref
- linkend="APP-DROPUSER" endterm="APP-DROPUSER-title"> that has the
+ linkend="APP-DROPUSER"> that has the
same functionality as this command (in fact, it calls this command)
but can be run from the command shell.
</para>
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ DROP ROLE jonathan;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createrole"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterrole"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set-role"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_rule.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_rule.sgml
index a902e866361..7a2bb346647 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_rule.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_rule.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_rule.sgml,v 1.24 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_rule.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPRULE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPRULE-TITLE">DROP RULE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP RULE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ DROP RULE newrule ON mytable;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createrule" endterm="sql-createrule-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createrule"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_schema.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_schema.sgml
index e5edf556522..ac108014777 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_schema.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_schema.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_schema.sgml,v 1.9 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_schema.sgml,v 1.10 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPSCHEMA">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPSCHEMA-TITLE">DROP SCHEMA</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP SCHEMA</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ DROP SCHEMA mystuff CASCADE;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterschema" endterm="sql-alterschema-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createschema" endterm="sql-createschema-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterschema"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createschema"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_sequence.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_sequence.sgml
index aca302e2931..d6011bd4e76 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_sequence.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_sequence.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_sequence.sgml,v 1.28 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_sequence.sgml,v 1.29 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPSEQUENCE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPSEQUENCE-TITLE">DROP SEQUENCE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP SEQUENCE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ DROP SEQUENCE serial;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createsequence" endterm="sql-createsequence-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altersequence" endterm="sql-altersequence-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createsequence"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altersequence"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_server.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_server.sgml
index 2e79391b11b..d6a939dccf5 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_server.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_server.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_server.sgml,v 1.3 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_server.sgml,v 1.4 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPSERVER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-dropserver-title">DROP SERVER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP SERVER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ DROP SERVER IF EXISTS foo;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver" endterm="sql-createserver-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterserver" endterm="sql-alterserver-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createserver"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterserver"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_table.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_table.sgml
index aead8cd78a7..d75868bdcf1 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_table.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_table.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_table.sgml,v 1.28 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_table.sgml,v 1.29 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTABLE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTABLE-TITLE">DROP TABLE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TABLE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -31,9 +31,8 @@ DROP TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ..
<para>
<command>DROP TABLE</command> removes tables from the database.
Only its owner can drop a table. To empty a table of rows
- without destroying the table, use <xref linkend="sql-delete"
- endterm="sql-delete-title"> or <xref linkend="sql-truncate"
- endterm="sql-truncate-title">.
+ without destroying the table, use <xref linkend="sql-delete">
+ or <xref linkend="sql-truncate">.
</para>
<para>
@@ -120,8 +119,8 @@ DROP TABLE films, distributors;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertable" endterm="sql-altertable-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtable" endterm="sql-createtable-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertable"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtable"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tablespace.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tablespace.sgml
index 0d0f2ea981f..505894506d8 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tablespace.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tablespace.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tablespace.sgml,v 1.9 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tablespace.sgml,v 1.10 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTABLESPACE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTABLESPACE-TITLE">DROP TABLESPACE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TABLESPACE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ DROP TABLESPACE mystuff;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace" endterm="sql-createtablespace-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertablespace" endterm="sql-altertablespace-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtablespace"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertablespace"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_trigger.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_trigger.sgml
index 081e74bf2fd..692c49ace49 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_trigger.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_trigger.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_trigger.sgml,v 1.23 2008/11/14 10:22:46 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_trigger.sgml,v 1.24 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTRIGGER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTRIGGER-TITLE">DROP TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TRIGGER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ DROP TRIGGER if_dist_exists ON films;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtrigger" endterm="sql-createtrigger-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtrigger"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsconfig.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsconfig.sgml
index e96cecf2f4a..087698c7603 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsconfig.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsconfig.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsconfig.sgml,v 1.2 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsconfig.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTSCONFIG">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTSCONFIG-TITLE">DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION my_english;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsconfig" endterm="sql-altertsconfig-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsconfig" endterm="sql-createtsconfig-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsconfig"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsconfig"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsdictionary.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsdictionary.sgml
index c3c8bf40e82..9f8a54e3e3c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsdictionary.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsdictionary.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsdictionary.sgml,v 1.2 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsdictionary.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTSDICTIONARY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTSDICTIONARY-TITLE">DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY english;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsdictionary" endterm="sql-altertsdictionary-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsdictionary" endterm="sql-createtsdictionary-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsdictionary"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsdictionary"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsparser.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsparser.sgml
index 2936d678dd1..5384a103d56 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsparser.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsparser.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsparser.sgml,v 1.2 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tsparser.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTSPARSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTSPARSER-TITLE">DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER my_parser;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsparser" endterm="sql-altertsparser-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsparser" endterm="sql-createtsparser-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertsparser"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtsparser"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tstemplate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tstemplate.sgml
index 48b19a6849b..f0876a72c92 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tstemplate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tstemplate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tstemplate.sgml,v 1.2 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_tstemplate.sgml,v 1.3 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTSTEMPLATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTSTEMPLATE-TITLE">DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE thesaurus;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertstemplate" endterm="sql-altertstemplate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtstemplate" endterm="sql-createtstemplate-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertstemplate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtstemplate"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_type.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_type.sgml
index ea26507423b..5b320360c14 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_type.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_type.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_type.sgml,v 1.31 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_type.sgml,v 1.32 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPTYPE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPTYPE-TITLE">DROP TYPE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP TYPE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ DROP TYPE box;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-altertype" endterm="sql-altertype-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtype"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-altertype"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user.sgml
index e523a48a208..bcd410a4b07 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user.sgml,v 1.25 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user.sgml,v 1.26 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPUSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPUSER-TITLE">DROP USER</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP USER</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ DROP USER [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ...
<para>
<command>DROP USER</command> is now an alias for
- <xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-droprole">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ DROP USER [ IF EXISTS ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ...
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user_mapping.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user_mapping.sgml
index 8e8ed1d1035..41dbd7b49d5 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user_mapping.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user_mapping.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user_mapping.sgml,v 1.4 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_user_mapping.sgml,v 1.5 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPUSERMAPPING">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-dropusermapping-title">DROP USER MAPPING</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP USER MAPPING</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ DROP USER MAPPING IF EXISTS FOR bob SERVER foo;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping" endterm="sql-createusermapping-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterusermapping" endterm="sql-alterusermapping-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createusermapping"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterusermapping"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_view.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_view.sgml
index ac03f059b52..9718ee5d9cf 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_view.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_view.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_view.sgml,v 1.25 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_view.sgml,v 1.26 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-DROPVIEW">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-DROPVIEW-TITLE">DROP VIEW</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>DROP VIEW</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ DROP VIEW kinds;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterview" endterm="sql-alterview-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createview" endterm="sql-createview-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterview"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createview"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml
index 76e0190238f..40b0864338b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml,v 1.37 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml,v 1.38 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-DROPDB">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-DROPDB-TITLE"><application>dropdb</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>dropdb</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<para>
<application>dropdb</application> is a wrapper around the
- <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-DROPDATABASE"
- endterm="SQL-DROPDATABASE-title">.
+ <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-DROPDATABASE">.
There is no effective difference between dropping databases via
this utility and via other methods for accessing the server.
</para>
@@ -222,8 +221,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>Diagnostics</title>
<para>
- In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-DROPDATABASE"
- endterm="sql-dropdatabase-title"> and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
+ In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-DROPDATABASE">
+ and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
discussions of potential problems and error messages.
The database server must be running at the
targeted host. Also, any default connection settings and environment
@@ -264,7 +263,7 @@ Are you sure? (y/n) </computeroutput><userinput>y</userinput>
<simplelist type="inline">
<member><xref linkend="app-createdb"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase" endterm="sql-dropdatabase-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-dropdatabase"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/droplang.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/droplang.sgml
index 6dd5847b86e..f455b564319 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/droplang.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/droplang.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/droplang.sgml,v 1.33 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/droplang.sgml,v 1.34 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-DROPLANG">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-DROPLANG-TITLE"><application>droplang</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>droplang</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
several <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands, it is recommended to use
<application>droplang</application> because it performs a number
of checks and is much easier to use. See
- <xref linkend="sql-droplanguage" endterm="sql-droplanguage-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-droplanguage">
for more.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<simplelist type="inline">
<member><xref linkend="app-createlang"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droplanguage" endterm="sql-droplanguage-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droplanguage"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropuser.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropuser.sgml
index 31a6f0009c1..4dc5e43b7d6 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropuser.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropuser.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropuser.sgml,v 1.42 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/dropuser.sgml,v 1.43 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-DROPUSER">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-DROPUSER-TITLE"><application>dropuser</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>dropuser</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<para>
<application>dropuser</application> is a wrapper around the
- <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE"
- endterm="SQL-DROPROLE-title">.
+ <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE">.
There is no effective difference between dropping users via
this utility and via other methods for accessing the server.
</para>
@@ -223,8 +222,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>Diagnostics</title>
<para>
- In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE"
- endterm="sql-droprole-title"> and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
+ In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-DROPROLE">
+ and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
discussions of potential problems and error messages.
The database server must be running at the
targeted host. Also, any default connection settings and environment
@@ -265,7 +264,7 @@ Are you sure? (y/n) </computeroutput><userinput>y</userinput>
<simplelist type="inline">
<member><xref linkend="app-createuser"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/end.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/end.sgml
index a436fb47c55..267f9b9f0ce 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/end.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/end.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/end.sgml,v 1.15 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/end.sgml,v 1.16 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-END">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-END-TITLE">END</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>END</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@ END [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
made by the transaction become visible to others and are guaranteed
to be durable if a crash occurs. This command is a
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> extension
- that is equivalent to <xref linkend="sql-commit"
- endterm="sql-commit-title">.
+ that is equivalent to <xref linkend="sql-commit">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -58,7 +57,7 @@ END [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK" endterm="SQL-ROLLBACK-TITLE"> to
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK"> to
abort a transaction.
</para>
@@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ END;
<para>
<command>END</command> is a <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>
extension that provides functionality equivalent to <xref
- linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title">, which is
+ linkend="sql-commit">, which is
specified in the SQL standard.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -94,9 +93,9 @@ END;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/execute.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/execute.sgml
index 640763a7435..8d8989c9ca9 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/execute.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/execute.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/execute.sgml,v 1.16 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/execute.sgml,v 1.17 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-EXECUTE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-execute-title">EXECUTE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>EXECUTE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ EXECUTE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class
<para>
For more information on the creation and usage of prepared statements,
- see <xref linkend="sql-prepare" endterm="sql-prepare-title">.
+ see <xref linkend="sql-prepare">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ EXECUTE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class
<para>
Examples are given in the <xref linkend="sql-prepare-examples"
endterm="sql-prepare-examples-title"> section of the <xref
- linkend="sql-prepare" endterm="sql-prepare-title"> documentation.
+ linkend="sql-prepare"> documentation.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ EXECUTE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-deallocate" endterm="sql-deallocate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare" endterm="sql-prepare-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-deallocate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/explain.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/explain.sgml
index c28c5174000..cf4aa8f7622 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/explain.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/explain.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/explain.sgml,v 1.49 2010/02/17 04:19:39 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/explain.sgml,v 1.50 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-EXPLAIN">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-EXPLAIN-TITLE">EXPLAIN</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>EXPLAIN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ ROLLBACK;
<para>
In order to allow the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> query
planner to make reasonably informed decisions when optimizing
- queries, the <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title">
+ queries, the <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
statement should be run to record statistics about the distribution
of data within the table. If you have not done this (or if the
statistical distribution of the data in the table has changed
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ EXPLAIN ANALYZE EXECUTE query(100, 200);
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-analyze"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/fetch.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/fetch.sgml
index 13cdcff37f2..46a9d4de8ec 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/fetch.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/fetch.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/fetch.sgml,v 1.46 2009/11/11 20:07:57 alvherre Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/fetch.sgml,v 1.47 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-FETCH">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-FETCH-TITLE">FETCH</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>FETCH</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ FETCH <replaceable class="parameter">count</replaceable>
</para>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-declare">
is used to define a cursor. Use
- <xref linkend="sql-move" endterm="sql-move-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-move">
to change cursor position without retrieving data.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -413,9 +413,9 @@ COMMIT WORK;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-close" endterm="sql-close-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-move" endterm="sql-move-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-close"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-declare"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-move"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml
index 856005b0257..b0ac447700b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml,v 1.82 2010/03/17 20:53:19 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml,v 1.83 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-GRANT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-grant-title">GRANT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>GRANT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
creates the object; then there is no window in which another user
can use the object.)
Also, these initial default privilege settings can be changed using the
- <xref linkend="sql-alterdefaultprivileges" endterm="sql-alterdefaultprivileges-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-alterdefaultprivileges">
command.
</para>
@@ -164,14 +164,14 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
<term>SELECT</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- Allows <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> from
+ Allows <xref linkend="sql-select"> from
any column, or the specific columns listed, of the specified table,
view, or sequence.
Also allows the use of
- <xref linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title"> TO.
+ <xref linkend="sql-copy"> TO.
This privilege is also needed to reference existing column values in
- <xref linkend="sql-update" endterm="sql-update-title"> or
- <xref linkend="sql-delete" endterm="sql-delete-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-update"> or
+ <xref linkend="sql-delete">.
For sequences, this privilege also allows the use of the
<function>currval</function> function.
For large objects, this privilege allows the object to be read.
@@ -183,11 +183,11 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
<term>INSERT</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- Allows <xref linkend="sql-insert" endterm="sql-insert-title"> of a new
+ Allows <xref linkend="sql-insert"> of a new
row into the specified table. If specific columns are listed,
only those columns may be assigned to in the <command>INSERT</>
command (other columns will therefore receive default values).
- Also allows <xref linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title"> FROM.
+ Also allows <xref linkend="sql-copy"> FROM.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
<term>UPDATE</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- Allows <xref linkend="sql-update" endterm="sql-update-title"> of any
+ Allows <xref linkend="sql-update"> of any
column, or the specific columns listed, of the specified table.
(In practice, any nontrivial <command>UPDATE</> command will require
<literal>SELECT</> privilege as well, since it must reference table
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
<term>DELETE</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- Allows <xref linkend="sql-delete" endterm="sql-delete-title"> of a row
+ Allows <xref linkend="sql-delete"> of a row
from the specified table.
(In practice, any nontrivial <command>DELETE</> command will require
<literal>SELECT</> privilege as well, since it must reference table
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
<term>TRUNCATE</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- Allows <xref linkend="sql-truncate" endterm="sql-truncate-title"> on
+ Allows <xref linkend="sql-truncate"> on
the specified table.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
<listitem>
<para>
Allows the creation of a trigger on the specified table. (See the
- <xref linkend="sql-createtrigger" endterm="sql-createtrigger-title"> statement.)
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtrigger"> statement.)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ GRANT <replaceable class="PARAMETER">role_name</replaceable> [, ...] TO <replace
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- The <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"> command is used
+ The <xref linkend="sql-revoke"> command is used
to revoke access privileges.
</para>
@@ -628,8 +628,8 @@ GRANT admins TO joe;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdefaultprivileges" endterm="sql-alterdefaultprivileges-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-revoke"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-alterdefaultprivileges"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml
index e9353da777e..153eceb2939 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml,v 1.46 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml,v 1.47 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-INITDB">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-INITDB-TITLE">initdb</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>initdb</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/insert.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/insert.sgml
index a2a52d8ba42..a17577b0e55 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/insert.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/insert.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/insert.sgml,v 1.38 2009/01/22 20:15:59 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/insert.sgml,v 1.39 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-INSERT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-INSERT-TITLE">INSERT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>INSERT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ INSERT INTO <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable
<para>
A query (<command>SELECT</command> statement) that supplies the
rows to be inserted. Refer to the
- <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-select">
statement for a description of the syntax.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ INSERT INTO distributors (did, dname) VALUES (DEFAULT, 'XYZ Widgets')
<para>
Possible limitations of the <replaceable
class="PARAMETER">query</replaceable> clause are documented under
- <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-select">.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/listen.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/listen.sgml
index 57577c1f6ac..4f8b603bd29 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/listen.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/listen.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/listen.sgml,v 1.24 2010/02/16 22:34:43 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/listen.sgml,v 1.25 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-LISTEN">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-LISTEN-TITLE">LISTEN</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>LISTEN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ LISTEN <replaceable class="PARAMETER">channel</replaceable>
</para>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-notify" endterm="sql-notify-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-notify">
contains a more extensive
discussion of the use of <command>LISTEN</command> and
<command>NOTIFY</command>.
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ Asynchronous notification "virtual" received from server process with PID 8448.
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-notify" endterm="sql-notify-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-unlisten" endterm="sql-unlisten-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-notify"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-unlisten"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/load.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/load.sgml
index 64237b09f5a..ef74a0fbd4d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/load.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/load.sgml
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/load.sgml,v 1.26 2009/09/03 22:11:07 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/load.sgml,v 1.27 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
-->
<refentry id="SQL-LOAD">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-LOAD-TITLE">LOAD</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>LOAD</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ LOAD '<replaceable class="PARAMETER">filename</replaceable>'
<para>
The file name is specified in the same way as for shared library
- names in <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">; in particular, one
+ names in <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">; in particular, one
can rely on a search path and automatic addition of the system's standard
shared library file name extension. See <xref linkend="xfunc-c"> for
more information on this topic.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ LOAD '<replaceable class="PARAMETER">filename</replaceable>'
<title>See Also</title>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/lock.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/lock.sgml
index 4df32bff450..a61cb98c7a3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/lock.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/lock.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/lock.sgml,v 1.53 2009/09/18 05:00:42 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/lock.sgml,v 1.54 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-LOCK">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-lock-title">LOCK</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>LOCK</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ LOCK [ TABLE ] [ ONLY ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [, ...
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> reports an error if <command>LOCK</>
is used outside a transaction block.
Use
- <xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title">
- (or <xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title">)
+ <xref linkend="sql-begin"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-commit">
+ (or <xref linkend="sql-rollback">)
to define a transaction block.
</para>
@@ -231,8 +231,7 @@ COMMIT WORK;
There is no <command>LOCK TABLE</command> in the SQL standard,
which instead uses <command>SET TRANSACTION</command> to specify
concurrency levels on transactions. <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> supports that too;
- see <xref linkend="SQL-SET-TRANSACTION"
- endterm="SQL-SET-TRANSACTION-TITLE"> for details.
+ see <xref linkend="SQL-SET-TRANSACTION"> for details.
</para>
<para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/move.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/move.sgml
index beeb1349a19..09083d834be 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/move.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/move.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/move.sgml,v 1.34 2009/11/11 20:07:57 alvherre Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/move.sgml,v 1.35 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-MOVE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-MOVE-TITLE">MOVE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>MOVE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ MOVE [ <replaceable class="PARAMETER">direction</replaceable> [ FROM | IN ] ] <r
<para>
The parameters for the <command>MOVE</command> command are identical to
those of the <command>FETCH</command> command; refer to
- <xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-fetch">
for details on syntax and usage.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ COMMIT WORK;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-close" endterm="sql-close-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-close"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-declare"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-fetch"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/notify.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/notify.sgml
index dca5a1d1cbf..33b491e1e7c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/notify.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/notify.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/notify.sgml,v 1.33 2010/02/17 00:57:06 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/notify.sgml,v 1.34 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-NOTIFY">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-notify-title">NOTIFY</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>NOTIFY</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -216,8 +216,8 @@ Asynchronous notification "foo" with payload "payload" received from server proc
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-listen" endterm="sql-listen-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-unlisten" endterm="sql-unlisten-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-listen"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-unlisten"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_config-ref.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_config-ref.sgml
index 884ccea7afb..5c63942542e 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_config-ref.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_config-ref.sgml
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_config-ref.sgml,v 1.28 2008/02/18 14:51:48 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_config-ref.sgml,v 1.29 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="app-pgconfig">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="app-pgconfig-title">pg_config</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>pg_config</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_controldata.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_controldata.sgml
index fcf01873b38..79f74d70507 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_controldata.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_controldata.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_controldata.sgml,v 1.12 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_controldata.sgml,v 1.13 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-PGCONTROLDATA">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-PGCONTROLDATA-TITLE"><application>pg_controldata</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>pg_controldata</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml
index a85d0ef02cb..e11e59a3fa1 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml,v 1.48 2010/02/22 22:30:10 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml,v 1.49 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="app-pg-ctl">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="app-pg-ctl-title"><application>pg_ctl</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>pg_ctl</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml
index ce4b9f49bf1..95a37512ee1 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml,v 1.81 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml,v 1.82 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-PG-DUMPALL">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-PG-DUMPALL-TITLE"><application>pg_dumpall</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>pg_dumpall</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_resetxlog.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_resetxlog.sgml
index ab8c664a2b4..ba7de65ff41 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_resetxlog.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_resetxlog.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_resetxlog.sgml,v 1.22 2010/02/19 14:36:45 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_resetxlog.sgml,v 1.23 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-PGRESETXLOG">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-PGRESETXLOG-TITLE"><application>pg_resetxlog</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>pg_resetxlog</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml
index 49a5278fb33..43de7a09944 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml,v 1.57 2006/06/18 15:38:36 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml,v 1.58 2010/04/03 07:23:01 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="app-postmaster">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-POSTMASTER-TITLE"><application>postmaster</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>postmaster</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml
index 3061da5e6d2..4f961cde659 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml,v 1.25 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml,v 1.26 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-PREPARE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-prepare-title">PREPARE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>PREPARE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ PREPARE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class
in which the parameter is used (if possible). When executing the
statement, specify the actual values for these parameters in the
<command>EXECUTE</command> statement. Refer to <xref
- linkend="sql-execute" endterm="sql-execute-title"> for more
+ linkend="sql-execute"> for more
information about that.
</para>
@@ -66,8 +66,7 @@ PREPARE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class
also means that a single prepared statement cannot be used by
multiple simultaneous database clients; however, each client can create
their own prepared statement to use. The prepared statement can be
- manually cleaned up using the <xref linkend="sql-deallocate"
- endterm="sql-deallocate-title"> command.
+ manually cleaned up using the <xref linkend="sql-deallocate"> command.
</para>
<para>
@@ -141,14 +140,13 @@ PREPARE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class
when planning prepared statements with parameters, the chosen plan
might be suboptimal. To examine the query plan
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> has chosen for a prepared
- statement, use <xref linkend="sql-explain"
- endterm="sql-explain-title">.
+ statement, use <xref linkend="sql-explain">.
</para>
<para>
For more information on query planning and the statistics collected
by <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> for that purpose, see
- the <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title">
+ the <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
documentation.
</para>
@@ -200,8 +198,8 @@ EXECUTE usrrptplan(1, current_date);
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-deallocate" endterm="sql-deallocate-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-execute" endterm="sql-execute-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-deallocate"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-execute"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare_transaction.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare_transaction.sgml
index da304c72550..9792bedcb5d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare_transaction.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare_transaction.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare_transaction.sgml,v 1.10 2010/01/25 18:23:10 heikki Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare_transaction.sgml,v 1.11 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-PREPARE-TRANSACTION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-prepare-transaction-title">PREPARE TRANSACTION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>PREPARE TRANSACTION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ PREPARE TRANSACTION <replaceable class="PARAMETER">transaction_id</replaceable>
<para>
Once prepared, a transaction can later be committed or rolled back
- with <xref linkend="sql-commit-prepared" endterm="sql-commit-prepared-title">
- or <xref linkend="sql-rollback-prepared" endterm="sql-rollback-prepared-title">,
+ with <xref linkend="sql-commit-prepared">
+ or <xref linkend="sql-rollback-prepared">,
respectively. Those commands can be issued from any session, not
only the one that executed the original transaction.
</para>
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ PREPARE TRANSACTION <replaceable class="PARAMETER">transaction_id</replaceable>
<para>
This command must be used inside a transaction block. Use <xref
- linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"> to start one.
+ linkend="sql-begin"> to start one.
</para>
<para>
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ PREPARE TRANSACTION 'foobar';
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit-prepared" endterm="sql-commit-prepared-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-prepared" endterm="sql-rollback-prepared-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit-prepared"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-prepared"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml
index 33c7488d64f..782d91411e0 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml,v 1.243 2010/03/21 00:43:40 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml,v 1.244 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-PSQL">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="app-psql-title"><application>psql</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>psql</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -622,8 +622,8 @@ testdb=>
<para>
Whenever a command is executed, <application>psql</application> also polls
for asynchronous notification events generated by
- <xref linkend="SQL-LISTEN" endterm="SQL-LISTEN-title"> and
- <xref linkend="SQL-NOTIFY" endterm="SQL-NOTIFY-title">.
+ <xref linkend="SQL-LISTEN"> and
+ <xref linkend="SQL-NOTIFY">.
</para>
</refsect2>
@@ -798,8 +798,8 @@ testdb=>
<listitem>
<para>
Performs a frontend (client) copy. This is an operation that
- runs an <acronym>SQL</acronym> <xref linkend="SQL-COPY"
- endterm="SQL-COPY-title"> command, but instead of the server
+ runs an <acronym>SQL</acronym> <xref linkend="SQL-COPY">
+ command, but instead of the server
reading or writing the specified file,
<application>psql</application> reads or writes the file and
routes the data between the server and the local file system.
@@ -810,8 +810,8 @@ testdb=>
<para>
The syntax of the command is similar to that of the
- <acronym>SQL</acronym> <xref linkend="sql-copy"
- endterm="sql-copy-title"> command. Note that, because of this,
+ <acronym>SQL</acronym> <xref linkend="sql-copy">
+ command. Note that, because of this,
special parsing rules apply to the <command>\copy</command>
command. In particular, the variable substitution rules and
backslash escapes do not apply.
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ testdb=>
<para>
Descriptions for objects can be created with the <xref
- linkend="sql-comment" endterm="sql-comment-title">
+ linkend="sql-comment">
<acronym>SQL</acronym> command.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -999,11 +999,10 @@ testdb=>
</para>
<para>
- The <xref linkend="sql-alterdefaultprivileges"
- endterm="sql-alterdefaultprivileges-title"> command is used to set
+ The <xref linkend="sql-alterdefaultprivileges"> command is used to set
default access privileges. The meaning of the
privilege display is explained under
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -1264,11 +1263,11 @@ testdb=>
</para>
<para>
- The <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title">
+ The <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke">
commands are used to set access privileges. The meaning of the
privilege display is explained under
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -1287,8 +1286,8 @@ testdb=>
</para>
<para>
- The <xref linkend="sql-alterrole" endterm="sql-alterrole-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase" endterm="sql-alterdatabase-title">
+ The <xref linkend="sql-alterrole"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-alterdatabase">
commands are used to define per-role and per-database configuration
settings.
</para>
@@ -2097,7 +2096,7 @@ lo_import 152801
<note>
<para>
This command is totally separate from the <acronym>SQL</acronym>
- command <xref linkend="SQL-SET" endterm="SQL-SET-title">.
+ command <xref linkend="SQL-SET">.
</para>
</note>
</listitem>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reassign_owned.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reassign_owned.sgml
index f9636479cb5..069b99491f2 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reassign_owned.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reassign_owned.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/reassign_owned.sgml,v 1.5 2010/04/02 17:29:22 sriggs Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/reassign_owned.sgml,v 1.6 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-REASSIGN-OWNED">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-REASSIGN-OWNED-TITLE">REASSIGN OWNED</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>REASSIGN OWNED</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -79,8 +79,7 @@ REASSIGN OWNED BY <replaceable class="PARAMETER">old_role</replaceable> [, ...]
</para>
<para>
- The <xref linkend="sql-drop-owned"
- endterm="sql-drop-owned-title"> command is an alternative that
+ The <xref linkend="sql-drop-owned"> command is an alternative that
drops all the database objects owned by one or more roles. Note
also that <command>DROP OWNED</command> requires privileges only
on the source role(s).
@@ -108,8 +107,8 @@ REASSIGN OWNED BY <replaceable class="PARAMETER">old_role</replaceable> [, ...]
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-drop-owned" endterm="sql-drop-owned-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-drop-owned"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-droprole"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindex.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindex.sgml
index dc75d6e6b2a..e54253106a7 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindex.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindex.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindex.sgml,v 1.39 2010/02/07 20:48:09 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindex.sgml,v 1.40 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-REINDEX">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-REINDEX-TITLE">REINDEX</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>REINDEX</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindexdb.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindexdb.sgml
index 1e98e07842c..dcc34fb61a9 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindexdb.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reindexdb.sgml
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<refentry id="APP-REINDEXDB">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-REINDEXDB-TITLE"><application>reindexdb</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>reindexdb</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<para>
<application>reindexdb</application> is a wrapper around the SQL
- command <xref linkend="SQL-REINDEX" endterm="sql-reindex-title">.
+ command <xref linkend="SQL-REINDEX">.
There is no effective difference between reindexing databases via
this utility and via other methods for accessing the server.
</para>
@@ -275,8 +275,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>Diagnostics</title>
<para>
- In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-REINDEX"
- endterm="sql-reindex-title"> and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
+ In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-REINDEX">
+ and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
discussions of potential problems and error messages.
The database server must be running at the
targeted host. Also, any default connection settings and environment
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-reindex" endterm="sql-reindex-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-reindex"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/release_savepoint.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/release_savepoint.sgml
index 50986280134..c0f9d51885f 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/release_savepoint.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/release_savepoint.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/release_savepoint.sgml,v 1.8 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/release_savepoint.sgml,v 1.9 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-RELEASE-SAVEPOINT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-RELEASE-SAVEPOINT-TITLE">RELEASE SAVEPOINT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>RELEASE SAVEPOINT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ RELEASE [ SAVEPOINT ] <replaceable>savepoint_name</replaceable>
Destroying a savepoint makes it unavailable as a rollback point,
but it has no other user visible behavior. It does not undo the
effects of commands executed after the savepoint was established.
- (To do that, see <xref linkend="sql-rollback-to"
- endterm="sql-rollback-to-title">.) Destroying a savepoint when
+ (To do that, see <xref linkend="sql-rollback-to">.)
+ Destroying a savepoint when
it is no longer needed allows the system to reclaim some resources
earlier than transaction end.
</para>
@@ -120,11 +120,11 @@ COMMIT;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-to" endterm="sql-rollback-to-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint" endterm="sql-savepoint-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-to"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reset.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reset.sgml
index c864fde180c..c7900f71134 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/reset.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/reset.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/reset.sgml,v 1.37 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/reset.sgml,v 1.38 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-RESET">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-RESET-TITLE">RESET</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>RESET</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ RESET ALL
<synopsis>
SET <replaceable class="parameter">configuration_parameter</replaceable> TO DEFAULT
</synopsis>
- Refer to <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> for
+ Refer to <xref linkend="sql-set"> for
details.
</para>
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ SET <replaceable class="parameter">configuration_parameter</replaceable> TO DEFA
<para>
Name of a settable run-time parameter. Available parameters are
documented in <xref linkend="runtime-config"> and on the
- <xref linkend="sql-set" endterm="sql-set-title"> reference page.
+ <xref linkend="sql-set"> reference page.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ RESET timezone;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="SQL-SET" endterm="SQL-SET-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="SQL-SHOW" endterm="SQL-SHOW-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="SQL-SET"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="SQL-SHOW"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/revoke.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/revoke.sgml
index b81cd72d3fc..af93b90bb22 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/revoke.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/revoke.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/revoke.sgml,v 1.55 2010/03/17 20:53:19 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/revoke.sgml,v 1.56 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-REVOKE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-revoke-title">REVOKE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>REVOKE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ REVOKE [ ADMIN OPTION FOR ]
</para>
<para>
- See the description of the <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> command for
+ See the description of the <xref linkend="sql-grant"> command for
the meaning of the privilege types.
</para>
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ REVOKE [ ADMIN OPTION FOR ]
<para>
Use <xref linkend="app-psql">'s <command>\dp</command> command to
display the privileges granted on existing tables and columns. See <xref
- linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> for information about the
+ linkend="sql-grant"> for information about the
format. For non-table objects there are other <command>\d</> commands
that can display their privileges.
</para>
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ REVOKE admins FROM joe;
<title>Compatibility</title>
<para>
- The compatibility notes of the <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> command
+ The compatibility notes of the <xref linkend="sql-grant"> command
apply analogously to <command>REVOKE</command>.
The keyword <literal>RESTRICT</literal> or <literal>CASCADE</literal>
is required according to the standard, but <productname>PostgreSQL</>
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ REVOKE admins FROM joe;
<title>See Also</title>
<simpara>
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant">
</simpara>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback.sgml
index 01dddbf8d02..721ee690330 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback.sgml,v 1.20 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback.sgml,v 1.21 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ROLLBACK">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ROLLBACK-TITLE">ROLLBACK</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ROLLBACK</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-COMMIT" endterm="SQL-COMMIT-TITLE"> to
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-COMMIT"> to
successfully terminate a transaction.
</para>
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ ROLLBACK;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-to" endterm="sql-rollback-to-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-to"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_prepared.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_prepared.sgml
index 4a4a1f4e0ce..d6d01d2f065 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_prepared.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_prepared.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_prepared.sgml,v 1.4 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_prepared.sgml,v 1.5 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ROLLBACK-PREPARED">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-rollback-prepared-title">ROLLBACK PREPARED</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ROLLBACK PREPARED</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ ROLLBACK PREPARED 'foobar';
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction" endterm="sql-prepare-transaction-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit-prepared" endterm="sql-commit-prepared-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-prepare-transaction"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit-prepared"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_to.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_to.sgml
index 414f450a41d..488378b0c33 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_to.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_to.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_to.sgml,v 1.11 2009/12/02 21:11:12 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/rollback_to.sgml,v 1.12 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-ROLLBACK-TO">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-ROLLBACK-TO-TITLE">ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] TO [ SAVEPOINT ] <replaceable>savepoint_name</re
<para>
Use <xref linkend="SQL-RELEASE-SAVEPOINT"
- endterm="SQL-RELEASE-SAVEPOINT-TITLE"> to destroy a savepoint without
+ > to destroy a savepoint without
discarding the effects of commands executed after it was established.
</para>
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ COMMIT;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-release-savepoint" endterm="sql-release-savepoint-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint" endterm="sql-savepoint-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-release-savepoint"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/savepoint.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/savepoint.sgml
index d465463f7c9..72b718fcf65 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/savepoint.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/savepoint.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/savepoint.sgml,v 1.6 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/savepoint.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-SAVEPOINT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-SAVEPOINT-TITLE">SAVEPOINT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SAVEPOINT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ SAVEPOINT <replaceable>savepoint_name</replaceable>
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- Use <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK-TO" endterm="SQL-ROLLBACK-TO-TITLE"> to
- rollback to a savepoint. Use <xref linkend="SQL-RELEASE-SAVEPOINT"
- endterm="SQL-RELEASE-SAVEPOINT-TITLE"> to destroy a savepoint, keeping
+ Use <xref linkend="SQL-ROLLBACK-TO"> to
+ rollback to a savepoint. Use <xref linkend="SQL-RELEASE-SAVEPOINT">
+ to destroy a savepoint, keeping
the effects of commands executed after it was established.
</para>
@@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ COMMIT;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-release-savepoint" endterm="sql-release-savepoint-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-to" endterm="sql-rollback-to-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-release-savepoint"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback-to"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml
index 395ca79604c..372116be3fc 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml,v 1.129 2010/02/12 17:33:19 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml,v 1.130 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-SELECT">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-select-title">SELECT</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SELECT</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ TABLE { [ ONLY ] <replaceable class="parameter">table_name</replaceable> [ * ] |
sub-<command>SELECT</command> must be surrounded by
parentheses, and an alias <emphasis>must</emphasis> be
provided for it. A
- <xref linkend="sql-values" endterm="sql-values-title"> command
+ <xref linkend="sql-values"> command
can also be used here.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ FOR SHARE [ OF <replaceable class="parameter">table_name</replaceable> [, ...] ]
to the row-level lock(s) — the required <literal>ROW SHARE</literal>
table-level lock is still taken in the ordinary way (see
<xref linkend="mvcc">). You can use
- <xref linkend="sql-lock" endterm="sql-lock-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-lock">
with the <literal>NOWAIT</> option first,
if you need to acquire the table-level lock without waiting.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml
index 057bfb2a9d7..fc726c66843 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml,v 1.44 2008/12/28 18:53:54 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml,v 1.45 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-SELECTINTO">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-SELECTINTO-TITLE">SELECT INTO</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SELECT INTO</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -60,8 +60,7 @@ SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( <replaceable class="parameter">expression</replac
<listitem>
<para>
If specified, the table is created as a temporary table. Refer
- to <xref linkend="sql-createtable"
- endterm="sql-createtable-title"> for details.
+ to <xref linkend="sql-createtable"> for details.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -78,7 +77,7 @@ SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( <replaceable class="parameter">expression</replac
<para>
All other parameters are described in detail under <xref
- linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title">.
+ linkend="sql-select">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -86,8 +85,7 @@ SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( <replaceable class="parameter">expression</replac
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- <xref linkend="sql-createtableas"
- endterm="sql-createtableas-title"> is functionally similar to
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtableas"> is functionally similar to
<command>SELECT INTO</command>. <command>CREATE TABLE AS</command>
is the recommended syntax, since this form of <command>SELECT
INTO</command> is not available in <application>ECPG</application>
@@ -141,7 +139,7 @@ SELECT * INTO films_recent FROM films WHERE date_prod >= '2002-01-01';
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-createtableas" endterm="sql-createtableas-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-createtableas"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set.sgml
index 621bd641396..7c60d7ae5d2 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set.sgml,v 1.94 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set.sgml,v 1.95 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-SET">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-SET-TITLE">SET</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SET</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] TIME ZONE { <replaceable class="PARAMETER">timezone</rep
<para>
If <command>SET LOCAL</command> is used within a function that has a
<literal>SET</> option for the same variable (see
- <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">),
+ <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">),
the effects of the <command>SET LOCAL</command> command disappear at
function exit; that is, the value in effect when the function was called is
restored anyway. This allows <command>SET LOCAL</command> to be used for
@@ -322,8 +322,8 @@ SET TIME ZONE 'Europe/Rome';
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="SQL-RESET" endterm="SQL-RESET-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="SQL-SHOW" endterm="SQL-SHOW-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="SQL-RESET"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="SQL-SHOW"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_constraints.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_constraints.sgml
index 94c2ecabc72..ffadfd74757 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_constraints.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_constraints.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_constraints.sgml,v 1.18 2010/01/18 00:32:21 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_constraints.sgml,v 1.19 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="SQL-SET-CONSTRAINTS">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-SET-CONSTRAINTS-title">SET CONSTRAINTS</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SET CONSTRAINTS</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml
index 1079de91130..c7a4b0d68e9 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml,v 1.8 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml,v 1.9 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-SET-ROLE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-set-role-title">SET ROLE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SET ROLE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ RESET ROLE
<para>
The <literal>SESSION</> and <literal>LOCAL</> modifiers act the same
- as for the regular <xref linkend="SQL-SET" endterm="SQL-SET-title">
+ as for the regular <xref linkend="SQL-SET">
command.
</para>
@@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ RESET ROLE
<para>
<command>SET ROLE</> has effects comparable to
- <xref linkend="sql-set-session-authorization"
- endterm="sql-set-session-authorization-title">, but the privilege
+ <xref linkend="sql-set-session-authorization">, but the privilege
checks involved are quite different. Also,
<command>SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION</> determines which roles are
allowable for later <command>SET ROLE</> commands, whereas changing
@@ -93,8 +92,7 @@ RESET ROLE
<para>
<command>SET ROLE</> does not process session variables as specified by
- the role's <xref linkend="sql-alterrole"
- endterm="sql-alterrole-title"> settings; this only happens during
+ the role's <xref linkend="sql-alterrole"> settings; this only happens during
login.
</para>
@@ -144,7 +142,7 @@ SELECT SESSION_USER, CURRENT_USER;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set-session-authorization" endterm="sql-set-session-authorization-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set-session-authorization"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_session_auth.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_session_auth.sgml
index 736baf90117..35d93c23e6e 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_session_auth.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_session_auth.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_session_auth.sgml,v 1.19 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_session_auth.sgml,v 1.20 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="SQL-SET-SESSION-AUTHORIZATION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-set-session-authorization-title">SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
identifier is normally equal to the session user identifier, but
might change temporarily in the context of <literal>SECURITY DEFINER</>
functions and similar mechanisms; it can also be changed by
- <xref linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-set-role">.
The current user identifier is relevant for permission checking.
</para>
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
<para>
The <literal>SESSION</> and <literal>LOCAL</> modifiers act the same
- as for the regular <xref linkend="SQL-SET" endterm="SQL-SET-title">
+ as for the regular <xref linkend="SQL-SET">
command.
</para>
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ SELECT SESSION_USER, CURRENT_USER;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set-role"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_transaction.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_transaction.sgml
index 80cf691182f..ecf24eac63d 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_transaction.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_transaction.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_transaction.sgml,v 1.27 2009/09/18 05:00:42 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_transaction.sgml,v 1.28 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $ -->
<refentry id="SQL-SET-TRANSACTION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-SET-TRANSACTION-TITLE">SET TRANSACTION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SET TRANSACTION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/show.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/show.sgml
index a949c43b7e4..5684916d490 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/show.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/show.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/show.sgml,v 1.48 2009/10/21 20:22:38 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/show.sgml,v 1.49 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-SHOW">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-SHOW-TITLE">SHOW</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>SHOW</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ SHOW ALL
<para>
The name of a run-time parameter. Available parameters are
documented in <xref linkend="runtime-config"> and on the <xref
- linkend="SQL-SET" endterm="SQL-SET-title"> reference page. In
+ linkend="SQL-SET"> reference page. In
addition, there are a few parameters that can be shown but not
set:
@@ -194,8 +194,8 @@ SHOW ALL;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="SQL-SET" endterm="SQL-SET-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="SQL-RESET" endterm="SQL-RESET-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="SQL-SET"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="SQL-RESET"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/start_transaction.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/start_transaction.sgml
index 15ba39af919..c87a1c0b6a8 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/start_transaction.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/start_transaction.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/start_transaction.sgml,v 1.18 2009/09/18 05:00:42 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/start_transaction.sgml,v 1.19 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-START-TRANSACTION">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-START-TRANSACTION-TITLE">START TRANSACTION</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>START TRANSACTION</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -36,9 +36,8 @@ START TRANSACTION [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</replaceable
<para>
This command begins a new transaction block. If the isolation level or
read/write mode is specified, the new transaction has those
- characteristics, as if <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"
- endterm="sql-set-transaction-title"> was executed. This is the same
- as the <xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"> command.
+ characteristics, as if <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"> was executed. This is the same
+ as the <xref linkend="sql-begin"> command.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -46,8 +45,7 @@ START TRANSACTION [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</replaceable
<title>Parameters</title>
<para>
- Refer to <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"
- endterm="sql-set-transaction-title"> for information on the meaning
+ Refer to <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"> for information on the meaning
of the parameters to this statement.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -74,8 +72,7 @@ START TRANSACTION [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</replaceable
</para>
<para>
- See also the compatibility section of <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"
- endterm="sql-set-transaction-title">.
+ See also the compatibility section of <xref linkend="sql-set-transaction">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -83,11 +80,11 @@ START TRANSACTION [ <replaceable class="parameter">transaction_mode</replaceable
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-begin" endterm="sql-begin-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-commit" endterm="sql-commit-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback" endterm="sql-rollback-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint" endterm="sql-savepoint-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-set-transaction" endterm="sql-set-transaction-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-begin"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-commit"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-rollback"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-savepoint"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-set-transaction"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml
index bec47fdbab0..08dc670843a 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml,v 1.33 2009/04/26 02:56:52 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml,v 1.34 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-TRUNCATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-TRUNCATE-TITLE">TRUNCATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>TRUNCATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/unlisten.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/unlisten.sgml
index 9e22ea4edc4..774858063a1 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/unlisten.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/unlisten.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/unlisten.sgml,v 1.31 2010/02/16 22:34:43 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/unlisten.sgml,v 1.32 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-UNLISTEN">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-UNLISTEN-TITLE">UNLISTEN</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>UNLISTEN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ UNLISTEN { <replaceable class="PARAMETER">channel</replaceable> | * }
</para>
<para>
- <xref endterm="sql-notify-title" linkend="sql-notify">
+ <xref linkend="sql-notify">
contains a more extensive
discussion of the use of <command>LISTEN</command> and
<command>NOTIFY</command>.
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ NOTIFY virtual;
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-listen" endterm="sql-listen-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-notify" endterm="sql-notify-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-listen"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-notify"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/update.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/update.sgml
index 4ed6458f654..8673df18ff4 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/update.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/update.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/update.sgml,v 1.50 2009/09/19 10:23:27 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/update.sgml,v 1.51 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-UPDATE">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-UPDATE-TITLE">UPDATE</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>UPDATE</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ UPDATE [ ONLY ] <replaceable class="PARAMETER">table</replaceable> [ [ AS ] <rep
query on the <command>UPDATE</>'s target table.
Note that <literal>WHERE CURRENT OF</> cannot be
specified together with a Boolean condition. See
- <xref linkend="sql-declare" endterm="sql-declare-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-declare">
for more information about using cursors with
<literal>WHERE CURRENT OF</>.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuum.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuum.sgml
index bd2b6726c44..aece3e02d1c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuum.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuum.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuum.sgml,v 1.59 2010/02/17 04:19:39 tgl Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuum.sgml,v 1.60 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-VACUUM">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="sql-vacuum-title">VACUUM</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>VACUUM</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ VACUUM [ FULL ] [ FREEZE ] [ VERBOSE ] ANALYZE [ <replaceable class="PARAMETER">
<command>VACUUM ANALYZE</command> performs a <command>VACUUM</command>
and then an <command>ANALYZE</command> for each selected table. This
is a handy combination form for routine maintenance scripts. See
- <xref linkend="sql-analyze" endterm="sql-analyze-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-analyze">
for more details about its processing.
</para>
@@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ VACUUM
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="app-vacuumdb" endterm="app-vacuumdb-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost" endterm="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="autovacuum" endterm="autovacuum-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="app-vacuumdb"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="runtime-config-resource-vacuum-cost"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="autovacuum"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml
index 3644eb97fa9..c6f576772e5 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml,v 1.53 2010/03/22 14:56:09 momjian Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml,v 1.54 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="APP-VACUUMDB">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="APP-VACUUMDB-TITLE"><application>vacuumdb</application></refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle><application>vacuumdb</application></refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>Application</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<para>
<application>vacuumdb</application> is a wrapper around the SQL
- command <xref linkend="SQL-VACUUM" endterm="SQL-VACUUM-title">.
+ command <xref linkend="SQL-VACUUM">.
There is no effective difference between vacuuming and analyzing
databases via this utility and via other methods for accessing the
server.
@@ -318,8 +318,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>Diagnostics</title>
<para>
- In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-VACUUM"
- endterm="sql-vacuum-title"> and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
+ In case of difficulty, see <xref linkend="SQL-VACUUM">
+ and <xref linkend="APP-PSQL"> for
discussions of potential problems and error messages.
The database server must be running at the
targeted host. Also, any default connection settings and environment
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-vacuum" endterm="sql-vacuum-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-vacuum"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/values.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/values.sgml
index 3a70f1bfe4b..d6d2c0cf607 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/values.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/values.sgml
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
<!--
-$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/values.sgml,v 1.6 2008/11/14 10:22:47 petere Exp $
+$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/values.sgml,v 1.7 2010/04/03 07:23:02 petere Exp $
PostgreSQL documentation
-->
<refentry id="SQL-VALUES">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle id="SQL-VALUES-TITLE">VALUES</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>VALUES</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
<refmiscinfo>SQL - Language Statements</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ WHERE ip_address IN (VALUES('192.168.0.1'::inet), ('192.168.0.10'), ('192.168.1.
<command>VALUES</command> conforms to the SQL standard.
<literal>LIMIT</literal> and <literal>OFFSET</literal> are
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> extensions; see also
- under <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title">.
+ under <xref linkend="sql-select">.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -242,8 +242,8 @@ WHERE ip_address IN (VALUES('192.168.0.1'::inet), ('192.168.0.10'), ('192.168.1.
<title>See Also</title>
<simplelist type="inline">
- <member><xref linkend="sql-insert" endterm="sql-insert-title"></member>
- <member><xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-insert"></member>
+ <member><xref linkend="sql-select"></member>
</simplelist>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml
index 1668a0615eb..c5c1e14f1e3 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml,v 1.65 2010/02/03 17:25:06 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml,v 1.66 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="regress">
- <title id="regress-title">Regression Tests</title>
+ <title>Regression Tests</title>
<indexterm zone="regress">
<primary>regression tests</primary>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/release-9.0.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/release-9.0.sgml
index ebc592e9622..70d9822450f 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/release-9.0.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/release-9.0.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release-9.0.sgml,v 2.13 2010/04/01 00:32:53 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release-9.0.sgml,v 2.14 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<sect1 id="release-9-0">
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>
Allow setting of configuration variables based on <link
- linkend="sql-alterrole-title">database/role</link>
+ linkend="sql-alterrole">database/role</link>
combinations (Alvaro Herrera)
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml
index 8d40c60c8e7..dd50665e10b 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml,v 1.66 2009/11/04 22:26:04 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml,v 1.67 2010/04/03 07:22:55 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="spi">
<title>Server Programming Interface</title>
@@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ void SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch(Portal <parameter>portal</parameter>, FetchDirectio
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- See the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title"> command
+ See the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch"> command
for details of the interpretation of the
<parameter>direction</parameter> and
<parameter>count</parameter> parameters.
@@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ void SPI_scroll_cursor_move(Portal <parameter>portal</parameter>, FetchDirection
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
- See the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch" endterm="sql-fetch-title"> command
+ See the SQL <xref linkend="sql-fetch"> command
for details of the interpretation of the
<parameter>direction</parameter> and
<parameter>count</parameter> parameters.
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml
index 83ecb8653c6..7259a47bbf5 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml,v 1.142 2010/02/12 17:33:19 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml,v 1.143 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="sql-syntax">
<title>SQL Syntax</title>
@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING
window must lack these clauses, if they are supplied here).
This latter syntax follows the same rules as modifying an existing
window name within the <literal>WINDOW</literal> clause; see the
- <xref linkend="sql-select" endterm="sql-select-title"> reference
+ <xref linkend="sql-select"> reference
page for details.
</para>
@@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ CAST ( <replaceable>expression</replaceable> AS <replaceable>type</replaceable>
syntax</> is nothing more than a direct invocation of the underlying
conversion function. Obviously, this is not something that a portable
application should rely on. For further details see
- <xref linkend="sql-createcast" endterm="sql-createcast-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createcast">.
</para>
</note>
</sect2>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml
index ab601e3ce36..fd4dd1d1452 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml,v 1.55 2010/03/17 17:12:31 petere Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml,v 1.56 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="textsearch">
- <title id="textsearch-title">Full Text Search</title>
+ <title>Full Text Search</title>
<indexterm zone="textsearch">
<primary>full text search</primary>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml
index 5418f314a31..a40963fd5b2 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml,v 1.62 2010/01/17 22:56:21 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml,v 1.63 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="triggers">
<title>Triggers</title>
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
<para>
Once a suitable trigger function has been created, the trigger is
established with
- <xref linkend="sql-createtrigger" endterm="sql-createtrigger-title">.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtrigger">.
The same trigger function can be used for multiple triggers.
</para>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml
index a1b04ce417f..fffd2aa9858 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml,v 1.60 2009/06/17 21:58:49 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml,v 1.61 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter Id="typeconv">
<title>Type Conversion</title>
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ and for the <function>GREATEST</> and <function>LEAST</> functions.
The system catalogs store information about which conversions, or
<firstterm>casts</firstterm>, exist between which data types, and how to
perform those conversions. Additional casts can be added by the user
-with the <xref linkend="sql-createcast" endterm="sql-createcast-title">
+with the <xref linkend="sql-createcast">
command. (This is usually
done in conjunction with defining new data types. The set of casts
between built-in types has been carefully crafted and is best not
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ the function call is treated as a form of <literal>CAST</> specification.
in cases where there is not an actual cast function. If there is a cast
function, it is conventionally named after its output type, and so there
is no need to have a special case. See
- <xref linkend="sql-createcast" endterm="sql-createcast-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createcast">
for additional commentary.
</para>
</footnote>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml
index 01c1ba94808..16130b6191c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml,v 1.42 2010/02/03 17:25:06 momjian Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml,v 1.43 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="user-manag">
<title>Database Roles and Privileges</title>
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
maintain a correspondence, but this is not required. Database roles
are global across a database cluster installation (and not
per individual database). To create a role use the <xref
- linkend="sql-createrole" endterm="sql-createrole-title"> SQL command:
+ linkend="sql-createrole"> SQL command:
<synopsis>
CREATE ROLE <replaceable>name</replaceable>;
</synopsis>
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable>name</replaceable>;
double-quoted. (In practice, you will usually want to add additional
options, such as <literal>LOGIN</>, to the command. More details appear
below.) To remove an existing role, use the analogous
- <xref linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title"> command:
+ <xref linkend="sql-droprole"> command:
<synopsis>
DROP ROLE <replaceable>name</replaceable>;
</synopsis>
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ CREATE USER <replaceable>name</replaceable>;
A role's attributes can be modified after creation with
<command>ALTER ROLE</command>.<indexterm><primary>ALTER ROLE</></>
See the reference pages for the <xref linkend="sql-createrole"
- endterm="sql-createrole-title"> and <xref linkend="sql-alterrole"
- endterm="sql-alterrole-title"> commands for details.
+ > and <xref linkend="sql-alterrole"
+ > commands for details.
</para>
<tip>
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ ALTER ROLE myname SET statement_timeout = '5min';
<literal>EXECUTE</>, and <literal>USAGE</>.
For more information on the different types of privileges supported by
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, see the
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> reference page.
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> reference page.
</para>
<para>
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ GRANT UPDATE ON accounts TO joe;
<para>
To revoke a privilege, use the fittingly named
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"> command:
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke"> command:
<programlisting>
REVOKE ALL ON accounts FROM PUBLIC;
</programlisting>
@@ -366,8 +366,8 @@ CREATE ROLE <replaceable>name</replaceable>;
<para>
Once the group role exists, you can add and remove members using the
- <xref linkend="sql-grant" endterm="sql-grant-title"> and
- <xref linkend="sql-revoke" endterm="sql-revoke-title"> commands:
+ <xref linkend="sql-grant"> and
+ <xref linkend="sql-revoke"> commands:
<synopsis>
GRANT <replaceable>group_role</replaceable> TO <replaceable>role1</replaceable>, ... ;
REVOKE <replaceable>group_role</replaceable> FROM <replaceable>role1</replaceable>, ... ;
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ REVOKE <replaceable>group_role</replaceable> FROM <replaceable>role1</replaceabl
<para>
The members of a group role can use the privileges of the role in two
ways. First, every member of a group can explicitly do
- <xref linkend="sql-set-role" endterm="sql-set-role-title"> to
+ <xref linkend="sql-set-role"> to
temporarily <quote>become</> the group role. In this state, the
database session has access to the privileges of the group role rather
than the original login role, and any database objects created are
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ RESET ROLE;
<para>
To destroy a group role, use <xref
- linkend="sql-droprole" endterm="sql-droprole-title">:
+ linkend="sql-droprole">:
<synopsis>
DROP ROLE <replaceable>name</replaceable>;
</synopsis>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/xaggr.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/xaggr.sgml
index 1c34957a166..b78a336c19c 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/xaggr.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/xaggr.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xaggr.sgml,v 1.39 2010/02/08 20:39:51 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xaggr.sgml,v 1.40 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<sect1 id="xaggr">
<title>User-Defined Aggregates</title>
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ SELECT attrelid::regclass, array_accum(atttypid::regtype)
<para>
For further details see the
- <xref linkend="sql-createaggregate" endterm="sql-createaggregate-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createaggregate">
command.
</para>
</sect1>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml
index 93f880cc63e..fcf9e3b1d49 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml,v 1.144 2010/01/04 16:34:11 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml,v 1.145 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<sect1 id="xfunc">
<title>User-Defined Functions</title>
@@ -63,8 +63,7 @@
<para>
Throughout this chapter, it can be useful to look at the reference
- page of the <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"
- endterm="sql-createfunction-title"> command to
+ page of the <xref linkend="sql-createfunction"> command to
understand the examples better. Some examples from this chapter
can be found in <filename>funcs.sql</filename> and
<filename>funcs.c</filename> in the <filename>src/tutorial</>
@@ -1179,7 +1178,7 @@ CREATE FUNCTION test(int, int) RETURNS int
Every function has a <firstterm>volatility</> classification, with
the possibilities being <literal>VOLATILE</>, <literal>STABLE</>, or
<literal>IMMUTABLE</>. <literal>VOLATILE</> is the default if the
- <xref linkend="sql-createfunction" endterm="sql-createfunction-title">
+ <xref linkend="sql-createfunction">
command does not specify a category. The volatility category is a
promise to the optimizer about the behavior of the function:
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml
index 59d3050ee6a..87de1971bc4 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml,v 1.36 2009/12/19 01:49:02 tgl Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml,v 1.37 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<chapter id="xplang">
- <title id="xplang-title">Procedural Languages</title>
+ <title>Procedural Languages</title>
<indexterm zone="xplang">
<primary>procedural language</primary>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ CREATE FUNCTION <replaceable>handler_function_name</replaceable>()
<para>
Optionally, the language handler can provide an <quote>inline</>
handler function that executes anonymous code blocks
- (<xref linkend="sql-do" endterm="sql-do-title"> commands)
+ (<xref linkend="sql-do"> commands)
written in this language. If an inline handler function
is provided by the language, declare it with a command like
<synopsis>
diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml
index 14eb83a8e13..af4c57e6aff 100644
--- a/doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml
+++ b/doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml,v 1.31 2008/12/07 23:46:39 alvherre Exp $ -->
+<!-- $PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml,v 1.32 2010/04/03 07:22:56 petere Exp $ -->
<sect1 id="xtypes">
<title>User-Defined Types</title>
@@ -290,6 +290,6 @@ CREATE TYPE complex (
<para>
For further details see the description of the
- <xref linkend="sql-createtype" endterm="sql-createtype-title"> command.
+ <xref linkend="sql-createtype"> command.
</para>
</sect1>
--
GitLab